Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:


TryMCP servers to extend agent mode in VS Code!

Dismiss this update

VS Code API

VS Code API is a set of JavaScript APIs that you can invoke in your Visual Studio Code extension. This page lists all VS Code APIs available to extension authors.

API namespaces and classes

This listing is compiled from thevscode.d.ts file from the VS Code repository.

authentication

Namespace for authentication.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the authentication sessions of an authentication provider havebeen added, removed, or changed.

Functions

Get all accounts that the user is logged in to for the specified provider.Use this paired withgetSession in order to get an authentication session for a specific account.

Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensionsto the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.

Note: Getting accounts does not imply that your extension has access to that account or its authentication sessions. You can verify access to the account by callinggetSession.

ParameterDescription
providerId:string

The id of the provider to use

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<readonlyAuthenticationSessionAccountInformation[]>

A thenable that resolves to a readonly array of authentication accounts.

Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is notregistered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information withthe extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown aquickpick to select which account they would like to use.

Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensionsto the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.

ParameterDescription
providerId:string

The id of the provider to use

scopes:readonlystring[]

A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider

options:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {createIfNone:true |AuthenticationGetSessionPresentationOptions}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A thenable that resolves to an authentication session

Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is notregistered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information withthe extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown aquickpick to select which account they would like to use.

Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensionsto the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.

ParameterDescription
providerId:string

The id of the provider to use

scopes:readonlystring[]

A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider

options:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession:true |AuthenticationGetSessionPresentationOptions}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A thenable that resolves to an authentication session

Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is notregistered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information withthe extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown aquickpick to select which account they would like to use.

Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensionsto the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.

ParameterDescription
providerId:string

The id of the provider to use

scopes:readonlystring[]

A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider

options?:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to an authentication session if available, or undefined if there are no sessions

Register an authentication provider.

There can only be one provider per id and an error is being thrown when an idhas already been used by another provider. Ids are case-sensitive.

ParameterDescription
id:string

The unique identifier of the provider.

label:string

The human-readable name of the provider.

provider:AuthenticationProvider

The authentication provider provider.

options?:AuthenticationProviderOptions

Additional options for the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

chat

Namespace for chat functionality. Users interact with chat participants by sending messagesto them in the chat view. Chat participants can respond with markdown or other types of contentvia theChatResponseStream.

Functions

Create a newchat participant instance.

ParameterDescription
id:string

A unique identifier for the participant.

handler:ChatRequestHandler

A request handler for the participant.

ReturnsDescription
ChatParticipant

A new chat participant

commands

Namespace for dealing with commands. In short, a command is a function with aunique identifier. The function is sometimes also calledcommand handler.

Commands can be added to the editor using theregisterCommandandregisterTextEditorCommand functions. Commandscan be executedmanually or from a UI gesture. Those are:

  • palette - Use thecommands-section inpackage.json to make a command show inthecommand palette.
  • keybinding - Use thekeybindings-section inpackage.json to enablekeybindingsfor your extension.

Commands from other extensions and from the editor itself are accessible to an extension. However,when invoking an editor command not all argument types are supported.

This is a sample that registers a command handler and adds an entry for that command to the palette. Firstregister a command handler with the identifierextension.sayHello.

commands.registerCommand('extension.sayHello', ()=> {  window.showInformationMessage('Hello World!');});

Second, bind the command identifier to a title under which it will show in the palette (package.json).

{  "contributes": {    "commands": [      {        "command":"extension.sayHello",        "title":"Hello World"      }    ]  }}

Functions

Executes the command denoted by the given command identifier.

  • Note 1: When executing an editor command not all types are allowed tobe passed as arguments. Allowed are the primitive typesstring,boolean,number,undefined, andnull, as well asPosition,Range,Uri andLocation.
  • Note 2: There are no restrictions when executing commands that have been contributedby extensions.
ParameterDescription
command:string

Identifier of the command to execute.

...rest:any[]

Parameters passed to the command function.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T>

A thenable that resolves to the returned value of the given command. Returnsundefined whenthe command handler function doesn't return anything.

Retrieve the list of all available commands. Commands starting with an underscore aretreated as internal commands.

ParameterDescription
filterInternal?:boolean

Settrue to not see internal commands (starting with an underscore)

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string[]>

Thenable that resolves to a list of command ids.

Registers a command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut,a menu item, an action, or directly.

Registering a command with an existing command identifier twicewill cause an error.

ParameterDescription
command:string

A unique identifier for the command.

callback:(args:any[]) =>any

A command handler function.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal.

Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut,a menu item, an action, or directly.

Text editor commands are different from ordinarycommands asthey only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, thecommand handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to anedit-builder. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while thecallback executes.

ParameterDescription
command:string

A unique identifier for the command.

callback:(textEditor:TextEditor, edit:TextEditorEdit, args:any[]) =>void

A command handler function with access to aneditor and anedit.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal.

comments

Functions

Creates a newcomment controller instance.

ParameterDescription
id:string

Anid for the comment controller.

label:string

A human-readable string for the comment controller.

ReturnsDescription
CommentController

An instance ofcomment controller.

debug

Namespace for debug functionality.

Variables

The currently activedebug console.If no debug session is active, output sent to the debug console is not shown.

The currently activedebug session orundefined. The active debug session is the onerepresented by the debug action floating window or the one currently shown in the drop down menu of the debug action floating window.If no debug session is active, the value isundefined.

The currently focused thread or stack frame, orundefined if nothread or stack is focused. A thread can be focused any time there isan active debug session, while a stack frame can only be focused whena session is paused and the call stack has been retrieved.

List of breakpoints.

Events

AnEvent which fires when theactive debug sessionhas changed.Note that the event also fires when the active debug session changestoundefined.

An event which fires when thedebug.activeStackItem has changed.

AnEvent that is emitted when the set of breakpoints is added, removed, or changed.

AnEvent which fires when a custom DAP event is received from thedebug session.

AnEvent which fires when a newdebug session has been started.

AnEvent which fires when adebug session has terminated.

Functions

Add breakpoints.

ParameterDescription
breakpoints:readonlyBreakpoint[]

The breakpoints to add.

ReturnsDescription
void

Converts a "Source" descriptor object received via the Debug Adapter Protocol into a Uri that can be used to load its contents.If the source descriptor is based on a path, a file Uri is returned.If the source descriptor uses a reference number, a specific debug Uri (scheme 'debug') is constructed that requires a corresponding ContentProvider and a running debug session

If the "Source" descriptor has insufficient information for creating the Uri, an error is thrown.

ParameterDescription
source:DebugProtocolSource

An object conforming to theSource type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.

session?:DebugSession

An optional debug session that will be used when the source descriptor uses a reference number to load the contents from an active debug session.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A uri that can be used to load the contents of the source.

Register adebug adapter descriptor factory for a specific debug type.An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown.Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error.

ParameterDescription
debugType:string

The debug type for which the factory is registered.

factory:DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed.

Register a debug adapter tracker factory for the given debug type.

ParameterDescription
debugType:string

The debug type for which the factory is registered or '*' for matching all debug types.

factory:DebugAdapterTrackerFactory
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed.

Register adebug configuration provider for a specific debug type.The optionaltriggerKind can be used to specify when theprovideDebugConfigurations method of the provider is triggered.Currently two trigger kinds are possible: with the valueInitial (or if no trigger kind argument is given) theprovideDebugConfigurations method is used to provide the initial debug configurations to be copied into a newly created launch.json.With the trigger kindDynamic theprovideDebugConfigurations method is used to dynamically determine debug configurations to be presented to the user (in addition to the static configurations from the launch.json).Please note that thetriggerKind argument only applies to theprovideDebugConfigurations method: so theresolveDebugConfiguration methods are not affected at all.Registering a single provider with resolve methods for different trigger kinds, results in the same resolve methods called multiple times.More than one provider can be registered for the same type.

ParameterDescription
debugType:string

The debug type for which the provider is registered.

provider:DebugConfigurationProvider
triggerKind?:DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind

Thetrigger for which the 'provideDebugConfiguration' method of the provider is registered. IftriggerKind is missing, the valueDebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind.Initial is assumed.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Remove breakpoints.

ParameterDescription
breakpoints:readonlyBreakpoint[]

The breakpoints to remove.

ReturnsDescription
void

Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration,or by directly passing aDebugConfiguration.The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder.Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date.Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder.

ParameterDescription
folder:WorkspaceFolder

Theworkspace folder for looking up named configurations and resolving variables orundefined for a non-folder setup.

nameOrConfiguration:string |DebugConfiguration

Either the name of a debug or compound configuration or aDebugConfiguration object.

parentSessionOrOptions?:DebugSession |DebugSessionOptions

Debug session options. When passed a parentdebug session, assumes options with just this parent session.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A thenable that resolves when debugging could be successfully started.

Stop the given debug session or stop all debug sessions if session is omitted.

ParameterDescription
session?:DebugSession

Thedebug session to stop; if omitted all sessions are stopped.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the session(s) have been stopped.

env

Namespace describing the environment the editor runs in.

Variables

The hosted location of the applicationOn desktop this is 'desktop'In the web this is the specified embedder i.e. 'github.dev', 'codespaces', or 'web' if the embedderdoes not provide that information

The application name of the editor, like 'VS Code'.

The application root folder from which the editor is running.

Note that the value is the empty string when running in anenvironment that has no representation of an application root folder.

The system clipboard.

Indicates that this is a fresh install of the application.true if within the first day of installation otherwisefalse.

Indicates whether the users has telemetry enabled.Can be observed to determine if the extension should send telemetry.

Represents the preferred user-language, likede-CH,fr, oren-US.

The current log level of the editor.

A unique identifier for the computer.

The name of a remote. Defined by extensions, popular samples arewsl for the WindowsSubsystem for Linux orssh-remote for remotes using a secure shell.

Note that the value isundefined when there is no remote extension host but that thevalue is defined in all extension hosts (local and remote) in case a remote extension hostexists. UseExtension.extensionKind to know ifa specific extension runs remote or not.

A unique identifier for the current session.Changes each time the editor is started.

The detected default shell for the extension host, this is overridden by theterminal.integrated.defaultProfile setting for the extension host's platform. Note that inenvironments that do not support a shell the value is the empty string.

The UI kind property indicates from which UI extensionsare accessed from. For example, extensions could be accessedfrom a desktop application or a web browser.

The custom uri scheme the editor registers to in the operating system.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the log level of the editor changes.

AnEvent which fires when the default shell changes. This fires with the newshell path.

AnEvent which fires when the user enabled or disables telemetry.true if the user has enabled telemetry orfalse if the user has disabled telemetry.

Functions

Resolves a uri to a form that is accessible externally.

http: orhttps: scheme

Resolves anexternal uri, such as ahttp: orhttps: link, from where the extension is running to auri to the same resource on the client machine.

This is a no-op if the extension is running on the client machine.

If the extension is running remotely, this function automatically establishes a port forwarding tunnelfrom the local machine totarget on the remote and returns a local uri to the tunnel. The lifetime ofthe port forwarding tunnel is managed by the editor and the tunnel can be closed by the user.

Note that uris passed throughopenExternal are automatically resolved and you should not callasExternalUri on them.

vscode.env.uriScheme

Creates a uri that - if opened in a browser (e.g. viaopenExternal) - will result in a registeredUriHandlerto trigger.

Extensions should not make any assumptions about the resulting uri and should not alter it in any way.Rather, extensions can e.g. use this uri in an authentication flow, by adding the uri as callback queryargument to the server to authenticate to.

Note that if the server decides to add additional query parameters to the uri (e.g. a token or secret), itwill appear in the uri that is passed to theUriHandler.

Example of an authentication flow:

vscode.window.registerUriHandler({  handleUri(uri:vscode.Uri):vscode.ProviderResult<void> {    if (uri.path ==='/did-authenticate') {      console.log(uri.toString());    }  }});const callableUri =await vscode.env.asExternalUri(  vscode.Uri.parse(vscode.env.uriScheme +'://my.extension/did-authenticate'));await vscode.env.openExternal(callableUri);

Note that extensions should not cache the result ofasExternalUri as the resolved uri may become invalid due toa system or user action — for example, in remote cases, a user may close a port forwarding tunnel that was opened byasExternalUri.

Any other scheme

Any other scheme will be handled as if the provided URI is a workspace URI. In that case, the method will returna URI which, when handled, will make the editor open the workspace.

ParameterDescription
target:Uri
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri>

A uri that can be used on the client machine.

Creates a newtelemetry logger.

ParameterDescription
sender:TelemetrySender

The telemetry sender that is used by the telemetry logger.

options?:TelemetryLoggerOptions

Options for the telemetry logger.

ReturnsDescription
TelemetryLogger

A new telemetry logger

Opens a link externally using the default application. Depending on theused scheme this can be:

  • a browser (http:,https:)
  • a mail client (mailto:)
  • VSCode itself (vscode: fromvscode.env.uriScheme)

Note thatshowTextDocument is the rightway to open a text document inside the editor, not this function.

ParameterDescription
target:Uri

The uri that should be opened.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise indicating if open was successful.

extensions

Namespace for dealing with installed extensions. Extensions are representedby anExtension-interface which enables reflection on them.

Extension writers can provide APIs to other extensions by returning their API publicsurface from theactivate-call.

export function activate(context:vscode.ExtensionContext) {  let api = {    sum(a,b) {      return a +b;    },    mul(a,b) {      return a *b;    }  };  // 'export' public api-surface  return api;}

When depending on the API of another extension add anextensionDependencies-entrytopackage.json, and use thegetExtension-functionand theexports-property, like below:

let mathExt =extensions.getExtension('genius.math');let importedApi =mathExt.exports;console.log(importedApi.mul(42,1));

Variables

All extensions currently known to the system.

Events

An event which fires whenextensions.all changes. This can happen when extensions areinstalled, uninstalled, enabled or disabled.

Functions

Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of:publisher.name.

ParameterDescription
extensionId:string

An extension identifier.

ReturnsDescription
Extension<T> |undefined

An extension orundefined.

l10n

Namespace for localization-related functionality in the extension API. To use this properly,you must havel10n defined in your extension manifest and have bundle.l10n..json files.For more information on how to generate bundle.l10n..json files, check out thevscode-l10n repo.

Note: Built-in extensions (for example, Git, TypeScript Language Features, GitHub Authentication)are excluded from thel10n property requirement. In other words, they do not need to specifyal10n in the extension manifest because their translated strings come from Language Packs.

Variables

The bundle of localized strings that have been loaded for the extension.It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded ifthere was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.

The URI of the localization bundle that has been loaded for the extension.It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded ifthere was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.

Functions

Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified byenv.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localizedvalue will be returned (with injectedargs values for any templated values).

Example

l10n.t('Hello {0}!','World');
ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to localize. Supports index templating where strings like{0} and{1} arereplaced by the item at that index in theargs array.

...args:Array<string |number |boolean>

The arguments to be used in the localized string. The index of the argument is used tomatch the template placeholder in the localized string.

ReturnsDescription
string

localized string with injected arguments.

Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified byenv.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localizedvalue will be returned (with injectedargs values for any templated values).

Example

l10n.t('Hello {name}', {name: 'Erich' });
ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to localize. Supports named templating where strings like{foo} and{bar} arereplaced by the value in the Record for that key (foo, bar, etc).

args:Record<string,any>

The arguments to be used in the localized string. The name of the key in the record is used tomatch the template placeholder in the localized string.

ReturnsDescription
string

localized string with injected arguments.

Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified byenv.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localizedvalue will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).

ParameterDescription
options:{args: Array<string |number |boolean> |Record<string,any>, comment:string |string[], message:string}

The options to use when localizing the message.

ReturnsDescription
string

localized string with injected arguments.

languages

Namespace for participating in language-specific editorfeatures,like IntelliSense, code actions, diagnostics etc.

Many programming languages exist and there is huge variety in syntaxes, semantics, and paradigms. Despite that, featureslike automatic word-completion, code navigation, or code checking have become popular across different tools for differentprogramming languages.

The editor provides an API that makes it simple to provide such common features by having all UI and actions already in place andby allowing you to participate by providing data only. For instance, to contribute a hover all you have to do is provide a functionthat can be called with aTextDocument and aPosition returning hover info. The rest, like tracking themouse, positioning the hover, keeping the hover stable etc. is taken care of by the editor.

languages.registerHoverProvider('javascript', {  provideHover(document,position,token) {    return new Hover('I am a hover!');  }});

Registration is done using adocument selector which is either a language id, likejavascript ora more complexfilter like{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }. Matching a document against sucha selector will result in ascore that is used to determine if and how a provider shall be used. Whenscores are equal the provider that came last wins. For features that allow full arity, likehover,the score is only checked to be>0, for other features, likeIntelliSense thescore is used for determining the order in which providers are asked to participate.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the global set of diagnostics changes. This isnewly added and removed diagnostics.

Functions

Create a diagnostics collection.

ParameterDescription
name?:string

Thename of the collection.

ReturnsDescription
DiagnosticCollection

A new diagnostic collection.

Creates a newlanguage status item.

ParameterDescription
id:string

The identifier of the item.

selector:DocumentSelector

The document selector that defines for what editors the item shows.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageStatusItem

A new language status item.

Get all diagnostics for a given resource.

ParameterDescription
resource:Uri

A resource

ReturnsDescription
Diagnostic[]

An array ofdiagnostics objects or an empty array.

Get all diagnostics.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Array<[Uri,Diagnostic[]]>

An array of uri-diagnostics tuples or an empty array.

Return the identifiers of all known languages.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string[]>

Promise resolving to an array of identifier strings.

Compute the match between a documentselector and a document. Valuesgreater than zero mean the selector matches the document.

A match is computed according to these rules:

  1. WhenDocumentSelector is an array, compute the match for each containedDocumentFilter or language identifier and take the maximum value.
  2. A string will be desugared to become thelanguage-part of aDocumentFilter, so"fooLang" is like{ language: "fooLang" }.
  3. ADocumentFilter will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply:
    1. When theDocumentFilter is empty ({}) the result is0
    2. Whenscheme,language,pattern, ornotebook are defined but one doesn't match, the result is0
    3. Matching against* gives a score of5, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of10
    4. The result is the maximum value of each match

Samples:

// default document from disk (file-scheme)doc.uri;//'file:///my/file.js'doc.languageId;// 'javascript'match('javascript',doc);// 10;match({language: 'javascript' },doc);// 10;match({language: 'javascript',scheme: 'file' },doc);// 10;match('*',doc);// 5match('fooLang',doc);// 0match(['fooLang','*'],doc);// 5// virtual document, e.g. from git-indexdoc.uri;// 'git:/my/file.js'doc.languageId;// 'javascript'match('javascript',doc);// 10;match({language: 'javascript',scheme: 'git' },doc);// 10;match('*',doc);// 5// notebook cell documentdoc.uri;// `vscode-notebook-cell:///my/notebook.ipynb#gl65s2pmha`;doc.languageId;// 'python'match({notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook' },doc);// 10match({notebookType: 'fooNotebook',language: 'python' },doc);// 0match({language: 'python' },doc);// 10match({notebookType: '*' },doc);// 5
ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A document selector.

document:TextDocument

A text document.

ReturnsDescription
number

A number>0 when the selector matches and0 when the selector does not match.

Register a call hierarchy provider.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:CallHierarchyProvider

A call hierarchy provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a code action provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:CodeActionProvider<CodeAction>

A code action provider.

metadata?:CodeActionProviderMetadata

Metadata about the kind of code actions the provider provides.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a code lens provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:CodeLensProvider<CodeLens>

A code lens provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a color provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentColorProvider

A color provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a completion provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and groups of equal score are sequentially asked forcompletion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return aresult. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the wholeoperation.

A completion item provider can be associated with a set oftriggerCharacters. When triggercharacters are being typed, completions are requested but only from providers that registeredthe typed character. Because of that trigger characters should be different thanword characters,a common trigger character is. to trigger member completions.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:CompletionItemProvider<CompletionItem>

A completion provider.

...triggerCharacters:string[]

Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a declaration provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DeclarationProvider

A declaration provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a definition provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DefinitionProvider

A definition provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers a newDocumentDropEditProvider.

Multiple drop providers can be registered for a language. When dropping content into an editor, allregistered providers for the editor's language will be invoked based on the mimetypes they handleas specified by theirDocumentDropEditProviderMetadata.

Each provider can return one or moreDocumentDropEdits. The edits are sortedusing theDocumentDropEdit.yieldTo property. By default the first edit will be applied. If thereare any additional edits, these will be shown to the user as selectable drop options in the drop widget.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to.

provider:DocumentDropEditProvider<DocumentDropEdit>

A drop provider.

metadata?:DocumentDropEditProviderMetadata

Additional metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of.

Register a formatting provider for a document.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentFormattingEditProvider

A document formatting edit provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document highlight provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and groups sequentially asked for document highlights.The process stops when a provider returns anon-falsy ornon-failure result.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentHighlightProvider

A document highlight provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document link provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentLinkProvider<DocumentLink>

A document link provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers a newDocumentPasteEditProvider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. All registered providers for a language will be invokedfor copy and paste operations based on their handled mimetypes as specified by theDocumentPasteProviderMetadata.

Forcopy operations, changes to theDataTransfermade by each provider will be merged into a singleDataTransfer that is used to populate the clipboard.

For [DocumentPasteEditProvider.providerDocumentPasteEdits paste operations](#DocumentPasteEditProvider.providerDocumentPasteEdits paste operations), each provider will be invokedand can return one or moreDocumentPasteEdits. The edits are sorted usingtheDocumentPasteEdit.yieldTo property. By default the first edit will be appliedand the rest of the edits will be shown to the user as selectable paste options in the paste widget.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to.

provider:DocumentPasteEditProvider<DocumentPasteEdit>

A paste editor provider.

metadata:DocumentPasteProviderMetadata

Additional metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of.

Register a formatting provider for a document range.

Note: A document range provider is also adocument formatterwhich means there is no need toregister a documentformatter when also registering a range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider

A document range formatting edit provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a semantic tokens provider for a document range.

Note: If a document has both aDocumentSemanticTokensProvider and aDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider,the range provider will be invoked only initially, for the time in which the full document provider takesto resolve the first request. Once the full document provider resolves the first request, the semantic tokensprovided via the range provider will be discarded and from that point forward, only the document providerwill be used.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider

A document range semantic tokens provider.

legend:SemanticTokensLegend
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a semantic tokens provider for a whole document.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentSemanticTokensProvider

A document semantic tokens provider.

legend:SemanticTokensLegend
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a document symbol provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:DocumentSymbolProvider

A document symbol provider.

metaData?:DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata

metadata about the provider

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a provider that locates evaluatable expressions in text documents.The editor will evaluate the expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover.

If multiple providers are registered for a language an arbitrary provider will be used.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:EvaluatableExpressionProvider

An evaluatable expression provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a folding range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged.If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used.If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored.

A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:FoldingRangeProvider

A folding range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a hover provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:HoverProvider

A hover provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register an implementation provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:ImplementationProvider

An implementation provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a inlay hints provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:InlayHintsProvider<InlayHint>

An inlay hints provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Registers an inline completion provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:InlineCompletionItemProvider

An inline completion provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a provider that returns data for the debugger's 'inline value' feature.Whenever the generic debugger has stopped in a source file, providers registered for the language of the fileare called to return textual data that will be shown in the editor at the end of lines.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:InlineValuesProvider

An inline values provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a linked editing range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider that has a result is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:LinkedEditingRangeProvider

A linked editing range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the settingeditor.formatOnType.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and the best-matching provider is used. Failureof the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:OnTypeFormattingEditProvider

An on type formatting edit provider.

firstTriggerCharacter:string

A character on which formatting should be triggered, like}.

...moreTriggerCharacter:string[]

More trigger characters.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a reference provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:ReferenceProvider

A reference provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a rename provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and asked in sequence. The first provider producing a resultdefines the result of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:RenameProvider

A rename provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a selection range provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:SelectionRangeProvider

A selection range provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a signature help provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sortedby theirscore and called sequentially until a provider returns avalid result.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:SignatureHelpProvider

A signature help provider.

...triggerCharacters:string[]

Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like, or(.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:SignatureHelpProvider

A signature help provider.

metadata:SignatureHelpProviderMetadata

Information about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a type definition provider.

Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked inparallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) willnot cause a failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:TypeDefinitionProvider

A type definition provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a type hierarchy provider.

ParameterDescription
selector:DocumentSelector

A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.

provider:TypeHierarchyProvider

A type hierarchy provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a workspace symbol provider.

Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel andthe results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not causea failure of the whole operation.

ParameterDescription
provider:WorkspaceSymbolProvider<SymbolInformation>

A workspace symbol provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Set alanguage configuration for a language.

ParameterDescription
language:string

A language identifier liketypescript.

configuration:LanguageConfiguration

Language configuration.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unsets this configuration.

Set (and change) thelanguage that is associatedwith the given document.

Note that calling this function will trigger theonDidCloseTextDocument eventfollowed by theonDidOpenTextDocument event.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document which language is to be changed

languageId:string

The new language identifier.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A thenable that resolves with the updated document.

lm

Namespace for language model related functionality.

Variables

A list of all available tools that were registered by all extensions usinglm.registerTool. They can be calledwithlm.invokeTool with input that match their declaredinputSchema.

Events

An event that is fired when the set of available chat models changes.

Functions

Invoke a tool listed inlm.tools by name with the given input. The input will be validated againstthe schema declared by the tool

A tool can be invoked by a chat participant, in the context of handling a chat request, or globally by any extension inany custom flow.

In the former case, the caller shall pass thetoolInvocationToken, which comes with the achat request. This makes sure the chat UI shows the tool invocation for thecorrect conversation.

A toolresult is an array oftext- andprompt-tsx-parts. If the tool caller is usingvscode/prompt-tsx, it canincorporate the response parts into its prompt using aToolResult. If not, the parts can be passed along to theLanguageModelChat via a user message with aLanguageModelToolResultPart.

If a chat participant wants to preserve tool results for requests across multiple turns, it can store tool results intheChatResult.metadata returned from the handler and retrieve them on the next turn fromChatResponseTurn.result.

ParameterDescription
name:string

The name of the tool to call.

options:LanguageModelToolInvocationOptions<object>

The options to use when invoking the tool.

token?:CancellationToken

A cancellation token. SeeCancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelToolResult>

The result of the tool invocation.

Registers a provider that publishes Model Context Protocol servers for the editor toconsume. This allows MCP servers to be dynamically provided to the editor inaddition to those the user creates in their configuration files.

Before calling this method, extensions must register thecontributes.mcpServerDefinitionProvidersextension point with the correspondingid, for example:

    "contributes": {        "mcpServerDefinitionProviders": [            {                "id": "cool-cloud-registry.mcp-servers",                "label": "Cool Cloud Registry",            }        ]    }

When a new McpServerDefinitionProvider is available, the editor will present a 'refresh'action to the user to discover new servers. To enable this flow, extensions shouldcallregisterMcpServerDefinitionProvider during activation.

ParameterDescription
id:string

The ID of the provider, which is unique to the extension.

provider:McpServerDefinitionProvider<McpServerDefinition>

The provider to register

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that unregisters the provider when disposed.

Register a LanguageModelTool. The tool must also be registered in the package.jsonlanguageModelTools contributionpoint. A registered tool is available in thelm.tools list for any extension to see. But in order for it tobe seen by a language model, it must be passed in the list of available tools inLanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools.

ParameterDescription
name:string
tool:LanguageModelTool<T>
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters the tool when disposed.

Select chat models by aselector. This can yield multiple or no chat models andextensions must handle these cases, esp. when no chat model exists, gracefully.

const models =await vscode.lm.selectChatModels({family: 'gpt-3.5-turbo' });if (models.length >0) {    const [first] =models;    const response =await first.sendRequest(...)    // ...}else {    // NO chat models available}

A selector can be written to broadly match all models of a given vendor or family, or it can narrowly select one model by ID.Keep in mind that the available set of models will change over time, but also that prompts may perform differently indifferent models.

Note that extensions can hold on to the results returned by this function and use them later. However, when theonDidChangeChatModels-event is fired the list of chat models might have changed and extensions should re-query.

ParameterDescription
selector?:LanguageModelChatSelector

A chat model selector. When omitted all chat models are returned.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelChat[]>

An array of chat models, can be empty!

notebooks

Namespace for notebooks.

The notebooks functionality is composed of three loosely coupled components:

  1. NotebookSerializer enable the editor to open, show, and save notebooks
  2. NotebookController own the execution of notebooks, e.g they create output from code cells.
  3. NotebookRenderer present notebook output in the editor. They run in a separate context.

Functions

Creates a new notebook controller.

ParameterDescription
id:string

Identifier of the controller. Must be unique per extension.

notebookType:string

A notebook type for which this controller is for.

label:string

The label of the controller.

handler?:(cells:NotebookCell[], notebook:NotebookDocument, controller:NotebookController) =>void |Thenable<void>

The execute-handler of the controller.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookController

A new notebook controller.

Creates a new messaging instance used to communicate with a specific renderer.

  • Note 1: Extensions can only create renderer that they have defined in theirpackage.json-file
  • Note 2: A renderer only has access to messaging ifrequiresMessaging is set toalways oroptional initsnotebookRenderer contribution.
ParameterDescription
rendererId:string

The renderer ID to communicate with

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRendererMessaging

A new notebook renderer messaging object.

Register acell statusbar item provider for the given notebook type.

ParameterDescription
notebookType:string

The notebook type to register for.

provider:NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider

A cell status bar provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

scm

Namespace for source control management.

Variables

Theinput box for the last source controlcreated by the extension.

  • deprecated - Use SourceControl.inputBox instead

Functions

Creates a newsource control instance.

ParameterDescription
id:string

Anid for the source control. Something short, e.g.:git.

label:string

A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.:Git.

rootUri?:Uri

An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.:Uri.parse(workspaceRoot).

ReturnsDescription
SourceControl

An instance ofsource control.

tasks

Namespace for tasks functionality.

Variables

The currently active task executions or an empty array.

Events

Fires when a task ends.

Fires when the underlying process has ended.This event will not fire for tasks that don'texecute an underlying process.

Fires when a task starts.

Fires when the underlying process has been started.This event will not fire for tasks that don'texecute an underlying process.

Functions

Executes a task that is managed by the editor. The returnedtask execution can be used to terminate the task.

  • throws - When running a ShellExecution or a ProcessExecutiontask in an environment where a new process cannot be started.In such an environment, only CustomExecution tasks can be run.
ParameterDescription
task:Task

the task to execute

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TaskExecution>

A thenable that resolves to a task execution.

Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasksfromtasks.json files as well as tasks from task providerscontributed through extensions.

ParameterDescription
filter?:TaskFilter

Optional filter to select tasks of a certain type or version.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Task[]>

A thenable that resolves to an array of tasks.

Register a task provider.

ParameterDescription
type:string

The task kind type this provider is registered for.

provider:TaskProvider<Task>

A task provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

tests

Namespace for testing functionality. Tests are published by registeringTestController instances, then addingTestItems.Controllers may also describe how to run tests by creating one or moreTestRunProfile instances.

Functions

Creates a new test controller.

ParameterDescription
id:string

Identifier for the controller, must be globally unique.

label:string

A human-readable label for the controller.

ReturnsDescription
TestController

An instance of theTestController.

window

Namespace for dealing with the current window of the editor. That is visibleand active editors, as well as, UI elements to show messages, selections, andasking for user input.

Variables

The currently active color theme as configured in the settings. The activetheme can be changed via theworkbench.colorTheme setting.

The currently activenotebook editor orundefined. The active editor is the onethat currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changedinput most recently.

The currently active terminal orundefined. The active terminal is the one thatcurrently has focus or most recently had focus.

The currently active editor orundefined. The active editor is the onethat currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changedinput most recently.

Represents the current window's state.

Represents the grid widget within the main editor area

The currently opened terminals or an empty array.

The currently visiblenotebook editors or an empty array.

The currently visible editors or an empty array.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the active color theme is changed or has changes.

AnEvent which fires when theactive notebook editorhas changed.Note that the event also fires when the active editor changestoundefined.

AnEvent which fires when theactive terminalhas changed.Note that the event also fires when the active terminal changestoundefined.

AnEvent which fires when theactive editorhas changed.Note that the event also fires when the active editor changestoundefined.

AnEvent which fires when thenotebook editor selectionshave changed.

AnEvent which fires when thenotebook editor visible rangeshave changed.

Fires when shell integration activates or one of its properties changes in a terminal.

AnEvent which fires when aterminal's state has changed.

AnEvent which fires when the options of an editor have changed.

AnEvent which fires when the selection in an editor has changed.

AnEvent which fires when the view column of an editor has changed.

AnEvent which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed.

AnEvent which fires when thevisible notebook editorshas changed.

AnEvent which fires when the array ofvisible editorshas changed.

AnEvent which fires when the focus or activity state of the current windowchanges. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused.

AnEvent which fires when a terminal is disposed.

This will be fired when a terminal command is ended. This event will fire only whenshell integration isactivated for the terminal.

AnEvent which fires when a terminal has been created, either through thecreateTerminal API or commands.

This will be fired when a terminal command is started. This event will fire only whenshell integration isactivated for the terminal.

Functions

Creates aInputBox to let the user enter some text input.

Note that in many cases the more convenientwindow.showInputBoxis easier to use.window.createInputBox should be usedwhenwindow.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
InputBox

A newInputBox.

Creates a newoutput channel with the given name and language idIf language id is not provided, thenLog is used as default language id.

You can access the visible or active output channel as atext document fromvisible editors oractive editorand use the language id to contribute language features like syntax coloring, code lens etc.,

ParameterDescription
name:string

Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI.

languageId?:string

The identifier of the language associated with the channel.

ReturnsDescription
OutputChannel

A new output channel.

Creates a newlog output channel with the given name.

ParameterDescription
name:string

Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI.

options:{log:true}

Options for the log output channel.

ReturnsDescription
LogOutputChannel

A new log output channel.

Creates aQuickPick to let the user pick an item from a listof items of type T.

Note that in many cases the more convenientwindow.showQuickPickis easier to use.window.createQuickPick should be usedwhenwindow.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
QuickPick<T>

A newQuickPick.

Creates a status baritem.

ParameterDescription
id:string

The identifier of the item. Must be unique within the extension.

alignment?:StatusBarAlignment

The alignment of the item.

priority?:number

The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left.

ReturnsDescription
StatusBarItem

A new status bar item.

Creates a status baritem.

See alsocreateStatusBarItem for creating a status bar item with an identifier.

ParameterDescription
alignment?:StatusBarAlignment

The alignment of the item.

priority?:number

The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left.

ReturnsDescription
StatusBarItem

A new status bar item.

Creates aTerminal with a backing shell process. The cwd of the terminal will be the workspacedirectory if it exists.

  • throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
ParameterDescription
name?:string

Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

shellPath?:string

Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.

shellArgs?:string | readonlystring[]

Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only whichallows specifying shell args incommand-line format.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Creates aTerminal with a backing shell process.

  • throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
ParameterDescription
options:TerminalOptions

A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Creates aTerminal where an extension controls its input and output.

ParameterDescription
options:ExtensionTerminalOptions

AnExtensionTerminalOptions object describingthe characteristics of the new terminal.

ReturnsDescription
Terminal

A new Terminal.

Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors.

ParameterDescription
options:DecorationRenderOptions

Rendering options for the decoration type.

ReturnsDescription
TextEditorDecorationType

A new decoration type instance.

Create aTreeView for the view contributed using the extension pointviews.

ParameterDescription
viewId:string

Id of the view contributed using the extension pointviews.

options:TreeViewOptions<T>

Options for creating theTreeView

ReturnsDescription
TreeView<T>

Create and show a new webview panel.

ParameterDescription
viewType:string

Identifies the type of the webview panel.

title:string

Title of the panel.

showOptions:ViewColumn | {preserveFocus:boolean, viewColumn:ViewColumn}

Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus.

options?:WebviewPanelOptions &WebviewOptions

Settings for the new panel.

ReturnsDescription
WebviewPanel

New webview panel.

Register a provider for custom editors for theviewType contributed by thecustomEditors extension point.

When a custom editor is opened, anonCustomEditor:viewType activation event is fired. Your extensionmust register aCustomTextEditorProvider,CustomReadonlyEditorProvider,CustomEditorProviderforviewType as part of activation.

ParameterDescription
viewType:string

Unique identifier for the custom editor provider. This should match theviewType from thecustomEditors contribution point.

provider:CustomTextEditorProvider |CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<CustomDocument> |CustomEditorProvider<CustomDocument>

Provider that resolves custom editors.

options?:{supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument:boolean, webviewOptions:WebviewPanelOptions}

Options for the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Register a file decoration provider.

ParameterDescription
provider:FileDecorationProvider
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters the provider.

Register provider that enables the detection and handling of links within the terminal.

ParameterDescription
provider:TerminalLinkProvider<TerminalLink>

The provider that provides the terminal links.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Registers a provider for a contributed terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
id:string

The ID of the contributed terminal profile.

provider:TerminalProfileProvider

The terminal profile provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Adisposable that unregisters the provider.

Register aTreeDataProvider for the view contributed using the extension pointviews.This will allow you to contribute data to theTreeView and update if the data changes.

Note: To get access to theTreeView and perform operations on it, usecreateTreeView.

ParameterDescription
viewId:string

Id of the view contributed using the extension pointviews.

treeDataProvider:TreeDataProvider<T>

ATreeDataProvider that provides tree data for the view

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Adisposable that unregisters theTreeDataProvider.

Registers auri handler capable of handling system-wideuris.In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri.A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will onlybe able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respectthe following rules:

  • The uri-scheme must bevscode.env.uriScheme;
  • The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g.my.extension);
  • The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary.

For example, if themy.extension extension registers a uri handler, it will onlybe allowed to handle uris with the prefixproduct-name://my.extension.

An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime.

  • Note: There is an activation eventonUri that fires when a uri directed forthe current extension is about to be handled.
ParameterDescription
handler:UriHandler

The uri handler to register for this extension.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Adisposable that unregisters the handler.

Registers a webview panel serializer.

Extensions that support reviving should have an"onWebviewPanel:viewType" activation event andmake sure thatregisterWebviewPanelSerializer is called during activation.

Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a givenviewType.

ParameterDescription
viewType:string

Type of the webview panel that can be serialized.

serializer:WebviewPanelSerializer<unknown>

Webview serializer.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Adisposable that unregisters the serializer.

Register a new provider for webview views.

ParameterDescription
viewId:string

Unique id of the view. This should match theid from theviews contribution in the package.json.

provider:WebviewViewProvider

Provider for the webview views.

options?:{webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden:boolean}}
ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Disposable that unregisters the provider.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerfulstatus baritems.

ParameterDescription
text:string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status baritems.

hideAfterTimeout:number

Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerfulstatus baritems.

ParameterDescription
text:string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status baritems.

hideWhenDone:Thenable<any>

Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerfulstatus baritems.

Note that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when nolonger used.

ParameterDescription
text:string

The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status baritems.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which hides the status bar message.

Show an error message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an error message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented asclickable buttons.

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented asclickable buttons.

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show an information message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Opens an input box to ask the user for input.

The returned value will beundefined if the input box was canceled (e.g. pressing ESC). Otherwise thereturned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not typeanything but dismissed the input box with OK.

ParameterDescription
options?:InputBoxOptions

Configures the behavior of the input box.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string |undefined>

A promise that resolves to a string the user provided or toundefined in case of dismissal.

ParameterDescription
document:NotebookDocument

A text document to be shown.

options?:NotebookDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing thenotebook editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookEditor>

A promise that resolves to annotebook editor.

Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a filefor opening-purposes.

ParameterDescription
options?:OpenDialogOptions

Options that control the dialog.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri[] |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected resources orundefined.

Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.

ParameterDescription
items:readonlystring[] |Thenable<readonlystring[]>

An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.

options:QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany:true}

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string[] |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected items orundefined.

Shows a selection list.

ParameterDescription
items:readonlystring[] |Thenable<readonlystring[]>

An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.

options?:QuickPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selection orundefined.

Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.

ParameterDescription
items:readonlyT[] |Thenable<readonlyT[]>

An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.

options:QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany:true}

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T[] |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected items orundefined.

Shows a selection list.

ParameterDescription
items:readonlyT[] |Thenable<readonlyT[]>

An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.

options?:QuickPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the selection list.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected item orundefined.

Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a filefor saving-purposes.

ParameterDescription
options?:SaveDialogOptions

Options that control the dialog.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the selected resource orundefined.

Show the given document in a text editor. Acolumn can be providedto control where the editor is being shown. Might change theactive editor.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

A text document to be shown.

column?:ViewColumn

A view column in which theeditor should be shown. The default is theactive.Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum ofViewColumn.Nine. UseViewColumn.Besideto open the editor to the side of the currently active one.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the editor will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to aneditor.

Show the given document in a text editor.Options can be providedto control options of the editor is being shown. Might change theactive editor.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

A text document to be shown.

options?:TextDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing theeditor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to aneditor.

A short-hand foropenTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options)).

See alsoworkspace.openTextDocument

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

options?:TextDocumentShowOptions

Editor options to configure the behavior of showing theeditor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextEditor>

A promise that resolves to aneditor.

Show a warning message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Show a warning message.

See alsoshowInformationMessage

ParameterDescription
message:string

The message to show.

options:MessageOptions

Configures the behaviour of the message.

...items:T[]

A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T |undefined>

A thenable that resolves to the selected item orundefined when being dismissed.

Shows a selection list ofworkspace folders to pick from.Returnsundefined if no folder is open.

ParameterDescription
options?:WorkspaceFolderPickOptions

Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<WorkspaceFolder |undefined>

A promise that resolves to the workspace folder orundefined.

Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callbackand while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at whichprogress should show (and other details) is defined via the passedProgressOptions.

ParameterDescription
options:ProgressOptions

AProgressOptions-object describing the options to use for showing progress, like its location

task:(progress:Progress<{increment:number, message:string}>, token:CancellationToken) =>Thenable<R>

A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported withthe providedProgress-object.

To report discrete progress, useincrement to indicate how much work has been completed. Each call withaincrement value will be summed up and reflected as overall progress until 100% is reached (a value ofe.g.10 accounts for10% of work done).Note that currently onlyProgressLocation.Notification is capable of showing discrete progress.

To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the providedCancellationToken.Note that currently onlyProgressLocation.Notification is supporting to show a cancel button to cancel thelong running operation.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<R>

The thenable the task-callback returned.

Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and whileits returned promise isn't resolve or rejected.

  • deprecated - UsewithProgress instead.
ParameterDescription
task:(progress:Progress<number>) =>Thenable<R>

A callback returning a promise. Progress increments can be reported withthe providedProgress-object.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<R>

The thenable the task did return.

workspace

Namespace for dealing with the current workspace. A workspace is the collection of oneor more folders that are opened in an editor window (instance).

It is also possible to open an editor without a workspace. For example, when you open anew editor window by selecting a file from your platform's File menu, you will not beinside a workspace. In this mode, some of the editor's capabilities are reduced but you canstill open text files and edit them.

Refer tohttps://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information onthe concept of workspaces.

The workspace offers support forlistening to fsevents and forfinding files. Both perform well and runoutsidethe editor-process so that they should be always used instead of nodejs-equivalents.

Variables

Afile system instance that allows to interact with local and remotefiles, e.g.vscode.workspace.fs.readDirectory(someUri) allows to retrieve all entriesof a directory orvscode.workspace.fs.stat(anotherUri) returns the meta data for afile.

When true, the user has explicitly trusted the contents of the workspace.

The name of the workspace.undefined when no workspacehas been opened.

Refer tohttps://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information onthe concept of workspaces.

All notebook documents currently known to the editor.

The uri of the first entry ofworkspaceFoldersasstring.undefined if there is no first entry.

Refer tohttps://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more informationon workspaces.

All text documents currently known to the editor.

The location of the workspace file, for example:

file:///Users/name/Development/myProject.code-workspace

or

untitled:1555503116870

for a workspace that is untitled and not yet saved.

Depending on the workspace that is opened, the value will be:

  • undefined when no workspace is opened
  • the path of the workspace file asUri otherwise. if the workspaceis untitled, the returned URI will use theuntitled: scheme

The location can e.g. be used with thevscode.openFolder command toopen the workspace again after it has been closed.

Example:

vscode.commands.executeCommand('vscode.openFolder',uriOfWorkspace);

Refer tohttps://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information onthe concept of workspaces.

Note: it is not advised to useworkspace.workspaceFile to writeconfiguration data into the file. You can useworkspace.getConfiguration().update()for that purpose which will work both when a single folder is opened aswell as an untitled or saved workspace.

List of workspace folders (0-N) that are open in the editor.undefined when no workspacehas been opened.

Refer tohttps://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more informationon workspaces.

Events

An event that is emitted when theconfiguration changed.

An event that is emitted when anotebook has changed.

An event that is emitted when atext document is changed. This usually happenswhen thecontents changes but also when other things like thedirty-state changes.

An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed.

Note: this event will not fire if the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed,because in that case the currently executing extensions (including the one that listens to thisevent) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated)rootPath property is updatedto point to the first workspace folder.

An event that is emitted when anotebook is disposed.

Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed.

Note 2: A notebook can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can firefor a notebook that has not been shown in an editor.

An event that is emitted when atext document is disposed or when the language idof a text documenthas been changed.

Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed, use theonDidChangeVisibleTextEditors-event to know when editors change.

Note 2: A document can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can firefor a document that has not been shown in an editor.

An event that is emitted when files have been created.

Note: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from theexplorer, or from theworkspace.applyEdit-api, but this event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

An event that is emitted when files have been deleted.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from theexplorer, or from theworkspace.applyEdit-api, but this event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.

Event that fires when the current workspace has been trusted.

An event that is emitted when anotebook is opened.

An event that is emitted when atext document is opened or when the language idof a text documenthas been changed.

To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use theTextEditor events in thewindow namespace. Note that:

An event that is emitted when files have been renamed.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from theexplorer, and from theworkspace.applyEdit-api, but this event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when anotebook is saved.

An event that is emitted when atext document is saved to disk.

An event that is emitted when files are being created.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from theexplorer, or from theworkspace.applyEdit-api. This event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When this event is fired, edits to files that are are being created cannot be applied.

An event that is emitted when files are being deleted.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from theexplorer, or from theworkspace.applyEdit-api, but this event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when files are being renamed.

Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from theexplorer, and from theworkspace.applyEdit-api, but this event isnot fired whenfiles change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using theworkspace.fs-api.

Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.

An event that is emitted when anotebook document will be saved to disk.

Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editormight save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.

Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they candelay savingby registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:

  • there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
  • listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore

The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.

An event that is emitted when atext document will be saved to disk.

Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editormight save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.

Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they candelay savingby registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:

  • there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
  • listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore

The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.

Functions

Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the givenworkspace edit.

All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. Ifmultiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting textin the order the 'inserts' were made, unless that are interleaved with resource edits. Invalid sequenceslike 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a' cause failure of the operation.

When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used.A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits willnot be attempted, when a single edit fails.

ParameterDescription
edit:WorkspaceEdit

A workspace edit.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditMetadata

Optionalmetadata for the edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied.

Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders.

When there are noworkspace folders or when the pathis not contained in them, the input is returned.

ParameterDescription
pathOrUri:string |Uri

A path or uri. When a uri is given itsfsPath is used.

includeWorkspaceFolder?:boolean

Whentrue and when the given path is contained inside aworkspace folder the name of the workspace is prepended. Defaults totrue when there aremultiple workspace folders andfalse otherwise.

ReturnsDescription
string

A path relative to the root or the input.

Creates a file system watcher that is notified on file events (create, change, delete)depending on the parameters provided.

By default, all openedworkspace folders will be watchedfor file changes recursively.

Additional paths can be added for file watching by providing aRelativePattern withabase path to watch. If the path is a folder and thepattern is complex (e.g. contains** or path segments), it will be watched recursively and otherwise will be watchednon-recursively (i.e. only changes to the first level of the path will be reported).

Note that paths that do not exist in the file system will be monitored with a delay untilcreated and then watched depending on the parameters provided. If a watched path is deleted,the watcher will suspend and not report any events until the path is created again.

If possible, keep the use of recursive watchers to a minimum because recursive file watchingis quite resource intense.

Providing astring asglobPattern acts as convenience method for watching file events inall opened workspace folders. It cannot be used to add more folders for file watching, nor willit report any file events from folders that are not part of the opened workspace folders.

Optionally, flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided.

To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed.

Note that file events from recursive file watchers may be excluded based on user configuration.The settingfiles.watcherExclude helps to reduce the overhead of file events from foldersthat are known to produce many file changes at once (such as.git folders). As such,it is highly recommended to watch with simple patterns that do not require recursive watcherswhere the exclude settings are ignored and you have full control over the events.

Note that symbolic links are not automatically followed for file watching unless the path towatch itself is a symbolic link.

Note that the file paths that are reported for having changed may have a different path casingcompared to the actual casing on disk on case-insensitive platforms (typically macOS and Windowsbut not Linux). We allow a user to open a workspace folder with any desired path casing and tryto preserve that. This means:

  • if the path is within any of the workspace folders, the path will match the casing of theworkspace folder up to that portion of the path and match the casing on disk for children
  • if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, the casing will match the case of thepath that was provided for watchingIn the same way, symbolic links are preserved, i.e. the file event will report the path of thesymbolic link as it was provided for watching and not the target.

Examples

The basic anatomy of a file watcher is as follows:

const watcher =vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(<folder>, <pattern>));watcher.onDidChange(uri => { ... });// listen to files being changedwatcher.onDidCreate(uri => { ... });// listen to files/folders being createdwatcher.onDidDelete(uri => { ... });// listen to files/folders getting deletedwatcher.dispose();// dispose after usage

Workspace file watching

If you only care about file events in a specific workspace folder:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(  new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0],'**/*.js'));

If you want to monitor file events across all opened workspace folders:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher('**/*.js');

Note: the array of workspace folders can be empty if no workspace is opened (empty window).

Out of workspace file watching

To watch a folder for changes to *.js files outside the workspace (non recursively), pass in aUri to sucha folder:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>),'*.js'));

And use a complex glob pattern to watch recursively:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>),'**/*.js'));

Here is an example for watching the active editor for file changes:

vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(  new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.window.activeTextEditor.document.uri,'*'));
ParameterDescription
globPattern:GlobPattern

Aglob pattern that controls which file events the watcher should report.

ignoreCreateEvents?:boolean

Ignore when files have been created.

ignoreChangeEvents?:boolean

Ignore when files have been changed.

ignoreDeleteEvents?:boolean

Ignore when files have been deleted.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemWatcher

A new file system watcher instance. Must be disposed when no longer needed.

Decodes the content from aUint8Array to astring. You MUSTprovide the entire content at once to ensure that the encodingcan properly apply. Do not use this method to decode contentin chunks, as that may lead to incorrect results.

Will pick an encoding based on settings and the content of thebuffer (for example byte order marks).

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by theencoding, the result may contain substitution characters asappropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content:Uint8Array

The text content to decode as aUint8Array.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decodedstring.

Decodes the content from aUint8Array to astring using theprovided encoding. You MUST provide the entire content at onceto ensure that the encoding can properly apply. Do not use thismethod to decode content in chunks, as that may lead to incorrectresults.

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by theencoding, the result may contain substitution characters asappropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content:Uint8Array

The text content to decode as aUint8Array.

options:{encoding:string}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decodedstring.

Decodes the content from aUint8Array to astring. You MUSTprovide the entire content at once to ensure that the encodingcan properly apply. Do not use this method to decode contentin chunks, as that may lead to incorrect results.

The encoding is picked based on settings and the contentof the buffer (for example byte order marks).

Note that if you decode content that is unsupported by theencoding, the result may contain substitution characters asappropriate.

  • throws - This method will throw an error when the content is binary.
ParameterDescription
content:Uint8Array

The content to decode as aUint8Array.

options:{uri:Uri}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to the decodedstring.

Encodes the content of astring to aUint8Array.

Will pick an encoding based on settings.

ParameterDescription
content:string

The content to decode as astring.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encodedUint8Array.

Encodes the content of astring to aUint8Array using theprovided encoding.

ParameterDescription
content:string

The content to decode as astring.

options:{encoding:string}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encodedUint8Array.

Encodes the content of astring to aUint8Array.

The encoding is picked based on settings.

ParameterDescription
content:string

The content to decode as astring.

options:{uri:Uri}

Additional context for picking the encoding.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

A thenable that resolves to the encodedUint8Array.

Find files across allworkspace folders in the workspace.

Example

findFiles('**/*.js','**/node_modules/**',10);
ParameterDescription
include:GlobPattern

Aglob pattern that defines the files to search for. The glob patternwill be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use arelative patternto restrict the search results to aworkspace folder.

exclude?:GlobPattern

Aglob pattern that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob patternwill be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Whenundefined, default file-excludes (e.g. thefiles.exclude-settingbut notsearch.exclude) will apply. Whennull, no excludes will apply.

maxResults?:number

An upper-bound for the result.

token?:CancellationToken

A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri[]>

A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if noworkspace folders are opened.

Get a workspace configuration object.

When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configurationis returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access,like{ myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}} andgetConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true.

When a scope is provided configuration confined to that scope is returned. Scope can be a resource or a language identifier or both.

ParameterDescription
section?:string

A dot-separated identifier.

scope?:ConfigurationScope

A scope for which the configuration is asked for.

ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceConfiguration

The full configuration or a subset.

Returns theworkspace folder that contains a given uri.

  • returnsundefined when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder
  • returns theinput when the given uri is a workspace folder itself
ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

An uri.

ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceFolder |undefined

A workspace folder orundefined

Open a notebook. Will return early if this notebook is alreadyloaded. Otherwisethe notebook is loaded and theonDidOpenNotebookDocument-event fires.

Note that the lifecycle of the returned notebook is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means anonDidCloseNotebookDocument-event can occur at any time after.

Note that opening a notebook does not show a notebook editor. This function only returns a notebook document whichcan be shown in a notebook editor but it can also be used for other things.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The resource to open.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookDocument>

A promise that resolves to anotebook

Open an untitled notebook. The editor will prompt the user for a filepath when the document is to be saved.

See alsoworkspace.openNotebookDocument

ParameterDescription
notebookType:string

The notebook type that should be used.

content?:NotebookData

The initial contents of the notebook.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<NotebookDocument>

A promise that resolves to anotebook.

Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwisethe document is loaded and thedidOpen-event fires.

The document is denoted by anUri. Depending on thescheme thefollowing rules apply:

  • file-scheme: Open a file on disk (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path))). Will be rejected if the filedoes not exist or cannot be loaded.
  • untitled-scheme: Open a blank untitled file with associated path (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path).with({ scheme: 'untitled' }))).The language will be derived from the file name.
  • For all other schemes contributedtext document content providers andfile system providers are consulted.

Note that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means anonDidClose-event can occur at any time after opening it.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Identifies the resource to open.

options?:{encoding:string}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to adocument.

A short-hand foropenTextDocument(Uri.file(path)).

See alsoworkspace.openTextDocument

ParameterDescription
path:string

A path of a file on disk.

options?:{encoding:string}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to adocument.

Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a filepath when the document is to be saved. Theoptions parameter allows tospecify thelanguage and/or thecontent of the document.

ParameterDescription
options?:{content:string, encoding:string, language:string}

Options to control how the document will be created.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<TextDocument>

A promise that resolves to adocument.

Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g.ftp.

There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a schemehas been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved.

ParameterDescription
scheme:string

The uri-scheme the provider registers for.

provider:FileSystemProvider

The filesystem provider.

options?:{isCaseSensitive:boolean, isReadonly:boolean |MarkdownString}

Immutable metadata about the provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register anotebook serializer.

A notebook serializer must be contributed through thenotebooks extension point. When opening a notebook file, the editor will sendtheonNotebook:<notebookType> activation event, and extensions must register their serializer in return.

ParameterDescription
notebookType:string

A notebook.

serializer:NotebookSerializer

A notebook serializer.

options?:NotebookDocumentContentOptions

Optional context options that define what parts of a notebook should be persisted

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this serializer when being disposed.

Register a task provider.

  • deprecated - Use the corresponding function on thetasks namespace instead
ParameterDescription
type:string

The task kind type this provider is registered for.

provider:TaskProvider<Task>

A task provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Register a text document content provider.

Only one provider can be registered per scheme.

ParameterDescription
scheme:string

The uri-scheme to register for.

provider:TextDocumentContentProvider

A content provider.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

ADisposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed.

Saves the editor identified by the given resource and returns the resulting resource orundefinedif save was not successful or no editor with the given resource was found.

Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

the associated uri for the opened editor to save.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri |undefined>

A thenable that resolves when the save operation has finished.

Save all dirty files.

ParameterDescription
includeUntitled?:boolean

Also save files that have been created during this session.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A thenable that resolves when the files have been saved. Will returnfalsefor any file that failed to save.

Saves the editor identified by the given resource to a new file name as provided by the user andreturns the resulting resource orundefined if save was not successful or cancelled or no editorwith the given resource was found.

Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved as.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

the associated uri for the opened editor to save as.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uri |undefined>

A thenable that resolves when the save-as operation has finished.

This method replacesdeleteCountworkspace folders starting at indexstartby an optional set ofworkspaceFoldersToAdd on thevscode.workspace.workspaceFolders array. This "splice"behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation.

Note: in some cases calling this method may result in the currently executing extensions (including theone that called this method) to be terminated and restarted. For example when the first workspace folder isadded, removed or changed the (deprecated)rootPath property is updated to point to the first workspacefolder. Another case is when transitioning from an empty or single-folder workspace into a multi-folderworkspace (see also:https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces).

Use theonDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() event to get notified when theworkspace folders have been updated.

Example: adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ?workspace.workspaceFolders.length :0,null, {uri: ...});

Example: removing the first workspace folder

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0,1);

Example: replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one

workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0,1, {uri: ...});

It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different nameto rename that folder.

Note: it is not valid to callupdateWorkspaceFolders() multiple timeswithout waiting for theonDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() to fire.

ParameterDescription
start:number

the zero-based location in the list of currently openedworkspace foldersfrom which to start deleting workspace folders.

deleteCount:number

the optional number of workspace folders to remove.

...workspaceFoldersToAdd:Array<{name:string, uri:Uri}>

the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones.Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would resultin invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI).

AccessibilityInformation

Accessibility information which controls screen reader behavior.

Properties

Label to be read out by a screen reader once the item has focus.

Role of the widget which defines how a screen reader interacts with it.The role should be set in special cases when for example a tree-like element behaves like a checkbox.If role is not specified the editor will pick the appropriate role automatically.More about aria roles can be found herehttps://w3c.github.io/aria/#widget_roles

AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions

Optional options to be used when callingauthentication.getSession with the flagforceNewSession.

AuthenticationGetSessionOptions

Options to be used when getting anAuthenticationSession from anAuthenticationProvider.

Properties

The account that you would like to get a session for. This is passed down to the Authentication Provider to be used for creating the correct session.

Whether the existing session preference should be cleared.

For authentication providers that support being signed into multiple accounts at once, the user will beprompted to select an account to use whengetSession is called. This preferenceis remembered untilgetSession is called with this flag.

Note:The preference is extension specific. So if one extension callsgetSession, it will notaffect the session preference for another extension callinggetSession. Additionally,the preference is set for the current workspace and also globally. This means that new workspaces will use the "global"value at first and then when this flag is provided, a new value can be set for that workspace. This also meansthat pre-existing workspaces will not lose their preference if a new workspace sets this flag.

Defaults to false.

Whether login should be performed if there is no matching session.

If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in. If false, a numbered badge will be shownon the accounts activity bar icon. An entry for the extension will be added under the menu to sign in. Thisallows quietly prompting the user to sign in.

If you provide options, you will also see the dialog but with the additional context provided.

If there is a matching session but the extension has not been granted access to it, setting this to truewill also result in an immediate modal dialog, and false will add a numbered badge to the accounts icon.

Defaults to false.

Note: you cannot use this option withsilent.

Whether we should attempt to reauthenticate even if there is already a session available.

If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in again. This is mostly used for scenarioswhere the token needs to be re minted because it has lost some authorization.

If you provide options, you will also see the dialog but with the additional context provided.

If there are no existing sessions and forceNewSession is true, it will behave identically tocreateIfNone.

This defaults to false.

Whether we should show the indication to sign in in the Accounts menu.

If false, the user will be shown a badge on the Accounts menu with an option to sign in for the extension.If true, no indication will be shown.

Defaults to false.

Note: you cannot use this option with any other options that prompt the user likecreateIfNone.

AuthenticationGetSessionPresentationOptions

Optional options to be used when callingauthentication.getSession with interactive optionsforceNewSession &createIfNone.

Properties

An optional message that will be displayed to the user when we ask to re-authenticate. Providing additional contextas to why you are asking a user to re-authenticate can help increase the odds that they will accept.

AuthenticationProvider

A provider for performing authentication to a service.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the array of sessions has changed, or datawithin a session has changed.

Methods

Prompts a user to login.

If login is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.

If login fails, a rejected promise should be returned.

If the provider has specified that it does not support multiple accounts,then this should never be called if there is already an existing session matching thesescopes.

ParameterDescription
scopes:readonlystring[]

A list of scopes, permissions, that the new session should be created with.

options:AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions

Additional options for creating a session.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession>

A promise that resolves to an authentication session.

Get a list of sessions.

ParameterDescription
scopes:readonlystring[]

An optional list of scopes. If provided, the sessions returned should matchthese permissions, otherwise all sessions should be returned.

options:AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions

Additional options for getting sessions.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<AuthenticationSession[]>

A promise that resolves to an array of authentication sessions.

Removes the session corresponding to session id.

If the removal is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.

If a session cannot be removed, the provider should reject with an error message.

ParameterDescription
sessionId:string

The id of the session to remove.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

AuthenticationProviderAuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent

AnEvent which fires when anAuthenticationSession is added, removed, or changed.

Properties

TheAuthenticationSessions of theAuthenticationProvider that have been added.

TheAuthenticationSessions of theAuthenticationProvider that have been changed.A session changes when its data excluding the id are updated. An example of this is a session refresh that results in a newaccess token being set for the session.

TheAuthenticationSessions of theAuthenticationProvider that have been removed.

AuthenticationProviderInformation

Basic information about anAuthenticationProvider

Properties

The unique identifier of the authentication provider.

The human-readable name of the authentication provider.

AuthenticationProviderOptions

Options for creating anAuthenticationProvider.

Properties

Whether it is possible to be signed into multiple accounts at once with this provider.If not specified, will default to false.

AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions

Properties

The account that is being asked about. If this is passed in, the provider shouldattempt to return the sessions that are only related to this account.

AuthenticationSession

Represents a session of a currently logged in user.

Properties

The access token.

The account associated with the session.

The identifier of the authentication session.

The permissions granted by the session's access token. Available scopesare defined by theAuthenticationProvider.

AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation

The information of an account associated with anAuthenticationSession.

Properties

The unique identifier of the account.

The human-readable name of the account.

AuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent

AnEvent which fires when anAuthenticationSession is added, removed, or changed.

Properties

TheAuthenticationProvider that has had its sessions change.

AutoClosingPair

Describes pairs of strings where the close string will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.

Properties

The closing string that will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.

A set of tokens where the pair should not be auto closed.

The string that will trigger the automatic insertion of the closing string.

BranchCoverage

Contains coverage information for a branch of aStatementCoverage.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
executed:number |boolean

The number of times this branch was executed, or aboolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count isunknown. If zero or false, the branch will be marked as un-covered.

location?:Range |Position

The branch position.

label?:string
ReturnsDescription
BranchCoverage

Properties

The number of times this branch was executed, or a boolean indicatingwhether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false,the branch will be marked as un-covered.

Label for the branch, used in the context of "the ${label} branch wasnot taken," for example.

Branch location.

Breakpoint

The base class of all breakpoint types.

Constructors

Creates a new breakpoint

ParameterDescription
enabled?:boolean

Is breakpoint enabled.

condition?:string

Expression for conditional breakpoints

hitCondition?:string

Expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored

logMessage?:string

Log message to display when breakpoint is hit

ReturnsDescription
Breakpoint

Properties

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

BreakpointsChangeEvent

An event describing the changes to the set ofbreakpoints.

Properties

Added breakpoints.

Changed breakpoints.

Removed breakpoints.

CallHierarchyIncomingCall

Represents an incoming call, e.g. a caller of a method or constructor.

Constructors

Create a new call object.

ParameterDescription
item:CallHierarchyItem

The item making the call.

fromRanges:Range[]

The ranges at which the calls appear.

ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyIncomingCall

Properties

The item that makes the call.

The range at which at which the calls appears. This is relative to the callerdenoted bythis.from.

CallHierarchyItem

Represents programming constructs like functions or constructors in the contextof call hierarchy.

Constructors

Creates a new call hierarchy item.

ParameterDescription
kind:SymbolKind
name:string
detail:string
uri:Uri
range:Range
selectionRange:Range
ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyItem

Properties

More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this item.

The name of this item.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function.Must be contained by therange.

Tags for this item.

The resource identifier of this item.

CallHierarchyOutgoingCall

Represents an outgoing call, e.g. calling a getter from a method or a method from a constructor etc.

Constructors

Create a new call object.

ParameterDescription
item:CallHierarchyItem

The item being called

fromRanges:Range[]

The ranges at which the calls appear.

ReturnsDescription
CallHierarchyOutgoingCall

Properties

The range at which this item is called. This is the range relative to the caller, e.g the itempassed toprovideCallHierarchyOutgoingCallsand notthis.to.

The item that is called.

CallHierarchyProvider

The call hierarchy provider interface describes the contract between extensionsand the call hierarchy feature which allows to browse calls and caller of function,methods, constructor etc.

Methods

Bootstraps call hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given documentand position. This item will be used as entry into the call graph. Providers shouldreturnundefined ornull when there is no item at the given location.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyItem |CallHierarchyItem[]>

One or multiple call hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Provide all incoming calls for an item, e.g all callers for a method. In graph terms this describes directedand annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodesthat can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item:CallHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which incoming calls should be computed.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyIncomingCall[]>

A set of incoming calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

Provide all outgoing calls for an item, e.g call calls to functions, methods, or constructors from the given item. Ingraph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the startingnode and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item:CallHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which outgoing calls should be computed.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyOutgoingCall[]>

A set of outgoing calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

CancellationError

An error type that should be used to signal cancellation of an operation.

This type can be used in response to acancellation tokenbeing cancelled or when an operation is being cancelled by theexecutor of that operation.

Constructors

Creates a new cancellation error.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
CancellationError

CancellationToken

A cancellation token is passed to an asynchronous or long runningoperation to request cancellation, like cancelling a requestfor completion items because the user continued to type.

To get an instance of aCancellationToken use aCancellationTokenSource.

Properties

Istrue when the token has been cancelled,false otherwise.

AnEvent which fires upon cancellation.

CancellationTokenSource

A cancellation source creates and controls acancellation token.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
CancellationTokenSource

Properties

The cancellation token of this source.

Methods

Signal cancellation on the token.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

CharacterPair

A tuple of two characters, like a pair ofopening and closing brackets.

ChatContext

Extra context passed to a participant.

Properties

All of the chat messages so far in the current chat session. Currently, only chat messages for the current participant are included.

ChatErrorDetails

Represents an error result from a chat request.

Properties

An error message that is shown to the user.

If set to true, the response will be partly blurred out.

ChatFollowup

A followup question suggested by the participant.

Properties

By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different command.

A title to show the user. The prompt will be shown by default, when this is unspecified.

By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different participant by ID.Followups can only invoke a participant that was contributed by the same extension.

The message to send to the chat.

ChatFollowupProvider

Will be invoked once after each request to get suggested followup questions to show the user. The user can click the followup to send it to the chat.

Methods

Provide followups for the given result.

ParameterDescription
result:ChatResult

This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, includingmetadata, but is not the same instance.

context:ChatContext

Extra context passed to a participant.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ChatFollowup[]>

ChatLanguageModelToolReference

A reference to a tool that the user manually attached to their request, either using the#-syntax inline, or as anattachment via the paperclip button.

Properties

The tool name. Refers to a tool listed inlm.tools.

The start and end index of the reference in theprompt. When undefined, the reference wasnot part of the prompt text.

Note that the indices take the leading#-character into account which means they can be used to modify the promptas-is.

ChatParticipant

A chat participant can be invoked by the user in a chat session, using the prefix. When it is invoked, it handles the chat request and is solelyresponsible for providing a response to the user. A ChatParticipant is created usingchat.createChatParticipant.

Events

An event that fires whenever feedback for a result is received, e.g. when a user up- or down-votesa result.

The passedresult is guaranteed to have the same properties as the result that waspreviously returned from this chat participant's handler.

Properties

This provider will be called once after each request to retrieve suggested followup questions.

An icon for the participant shown in UI.

A unique ID for this participant.

The handler for requests to this participant.

Methods

Dispose this participant and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

ChatParticipantToolToken

A token that can be passed tolm.invokeTool when invoking a tool inside the context of handling a chat request.

ChatPromptReference

A reference to a value that the user added to their chat request.

Properties

A unique identifier for this kind of reference.

A description of this value that could be used in an LLM prompt.

The start and end index of the reference in theprompt. When undefined, the reference was not part of the prompt text.

Note that the indices take the leading#-character into account which means they canused to modify the prompt as-is.

The value of this reference. Thestring | Uri | Location types are used today, but this could expand in the future.

ChatRequest

A request to a chat participant.

Properties

The name of the [ChatCommand command](#ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.

This is the model that is currently selected in the UI. Extensions can use this or uselm.selectChatModels topick another model. Don't hold onto this past the lifetime of the request.

The prompt as entered by the user.

Information about references used in this request is stored inChatRequest.references.

Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#ChatCommand.name command)are not part of the prompt.

The list of references and their values that are referenced in the prompt.

Note that the prompt contains references as authored and that it is up to the participantto further modify the prompt, for instance by inlining reference values or creating links toheadings which contain the resolved values. References are sorted in reverse by their rangein the prompt. That means the last reference in the prompt is the first in this list. This simplifiesstring-manipulation of the prompt.

A token that can be passed tolm.invokeTool when invoking a tool inside the context of handling a chat request.This associates the tool invocation to a chat session.

The list of tools that the user attached to their request.

When a tool reference is present, the chat participant should make a chat request usingLanguageModelChatToolMode.Required to force the language model to generate input for the tool. Then, theparticipant can uselm.invokeTool to use the tool attach the result to its request for the user's prompt. Thetool may contribute useful extra context for the user's request.

ChatRequestHandler

ChatRequestTurn

Represents a user request in chat history.

Properties

The name of the [ChatCommand command](#ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.

The id of the chat participant to which this request was directed.

The prompt as entered by the user.

Information about references used in this request is stored inChatRequestTurn.references.

Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#ChatCommand.name command)are not part of the prompt.

The references that were used in this message.

The list of tools were attached to this request.

ChatResponseAnchorPart

Represents a part of a chat response that is an anchor, that is rendered as a link to a target.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseAnchorPart.

ParameterDescription
value:Uri |Location

A uri or location.

title?:string

An optional title that is rendered with value.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseAnchorPart

Properties

An optional title that is rendered with value.

The target of this anchor.

ChatResponseCommandButtonPart

Represents a part of a chat response that is a button that executes a command.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart.

ParameterDescription
value:Command

A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseCommandButtonPart

Properties

The command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

ChatResponseFileTree

Represents a file tree structure in a chat response.

Properties

An array of child file trees, if the current file tree is a directory.

The name of the file or directory.

ChatResponseFileTreePart

Represents a part of a chat response that is a file tree.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseFileTreePart.

ParameterDescription
value:ChatResponseFileTree[]

File tree data.

baseUri:Uri

The base uri to which this file tree is relative.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseFileTreePart

Properties

The base uri to which this file tree is relative

File tree data.

ChatResponseMarkdownPart

Represents a part of a chat response that is formatted as Markdown.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseMarkdownPart.

ParameterDescription
value:string |MarkdownString

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form ofMarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported.

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseMarkdownPart

Properties

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown.

ChatResponsePart

Represents the different chat response types.

ChatResponseProgressPart

Represents a part of a chat response that is a progress message.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseProgressPart.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A progress message

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseProgressPart

Properties

The progress message

ChatResponseReferencePart

Represents a part of a chat response that is a reference, rendered separately from the content.

Constructors

Create a new ChatResponseReferencePart.

ParameterDescription
value:Uri |Location

A uri or location

iconPath?:IconPath

Icon for the reference shown in UI

ReturnsDescription
ChatResponseReferencePart

Properties

The icon for the reference.

The reference target.

ChatResponseStream

The ChatResponseStream is how a participant is able to return content to the chat view. It provides several methods for streaming different types of contentwhich will be rendered in an appropriate way in the chat view. A participant can use the helper method for the type of content it wants to return, or itcan instantiate aChatResponsePart and use the genericChatResponseStream.push method to return it.

Methods

Push an anchor part to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseAnchorPart(value, title)).An anchor is an inline reference to some type of resource.

ParameterDescription
value:Uri |Location

A uri or location.

title?:string

An optional title that is rendered with value.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a command button part to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart(value, title)).

ParameterDescription
command:Command

A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a filetree part to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseFileTreePart(value)).

ParameterDescription
value:ChatResponseFileTree[]

File tree data.

baseUri:Uri

The base uri to which this file tree is relative.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a markdown part to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseMarkdownPart(value)).

See alsoChatResponseStream.push

ParameterDescription
value:string |MarkdownString

A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form ofMarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported.

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a progress part to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseProgressPart(value)).

ParameterDescription
value:string

A progress message

ReturnsDescription
void

Pushes a part to this stream.

ParameterDescription
part:ChatResponsePart

A response part, rendered or metadata

ReturnsDescription
void

Push a reference to this stream. Short-hand forpush(new ChatResponseReferencePart(value)).

Note that the reference is not rendered inline with the response.

ParameterDescription
value:Uri |Location

A uri or location

iconPath?:IconPath

Icon for the reference shown in UI

ReturnsDescription
void

ChatResponseTurn

Represents a chat participant's response in chat history.

Properties

The name of the command that this response came from.

The id of the chat participant that this response came from.

The content that was received from the chat participant. Only the stream parts that represent actual content (not metadata) are represented.

The result that was received from the chat participant.

ChatResult

The result of a chat request.

Properties

If the request resulted in an error, this property defines the error details.

Arbitrary metadata for this result. Can be anything, but must be JSON-stringifyable.

ChatResultFeedback

Represents user feedback for a result.

Properties

The kind of feedback that was received.

The ChatResult for which the user is providing feedback.This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, includingmetadata, but is not the same instance.

ChatResultFeedbackKind

Represents the type of user feedback received.

Enumeration Members

The user marked the result as unhelpful.

The user marked the result as helpful.

Clipboard

The clipboard provides read and write access to the system's clipboard.

Methods

Read the current clipboard contents as text.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

A thenable that resolves to a string.

Writes text into the clipboard.

ParameterDescription
value:string
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when writing happened.

CodeAction

A code action represents a change that can be performed in code, e.g. to fix a problem orto refactor code.

A CodeAction must set eitheredit and/or acommand. If both are supplied, theedit is applied first, then the command is executed.

Constructors

Creates a new code action.

A code action must have at least atitle andeditsand/or acommand.

ParameterDescription
title:string

The title of the code action.

kind?:CodeActionKind

The kind of the code action.

ReturnsDescription
CodeAction

Properties

ACommand this code action executes.

If this command throws an exception, the editor displays the exception message to users in the editor at thecurrent cursor position.

Diagnostics that this code action resolves.

Marks that the code action cannot currently be applied.

  • Disabled code actions are not shown in automaticlightbulbcode action menu.

  • Disabled actions are shown as faded out in the code action menu when the user request a more specific typeof code action, such as refactorings.

  • If the user has akeybindingthat auto applies a code action and only a disabled code actions are returned, the editor will show the user anerror message withreason in the editor.

ParameterDescription
reason:string

Human readable description of why the code action is currently disabled.

This is displayed in the code actions UI.

Aworkspace edit this code action performs.

Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by theauto fix command and can be targetedby keybindings.

A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error.A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take.

Kind of the code action.

Used to filter code actions.

A short, human-readable, title for this code action.

CodeActionContext

Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in whichacode action is run.

Properties

An array of diagnostics.

Requested kind of actions to return.

Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by thelightbulb.

The reason why code actions were requested.

CodeActionKind

Kind of a code action.

Kinds are a hierarchical list of identifiers separated by., e.g."refactor.extract.function".

Code action kinds are used by the editor for UI elements such as the refactoring context menu. Userscan also trigger code actions with a specific kind with theeditor.action.codeAction command.

Static

Empty kind.

Base kind for all code actions applying to the entire notebook's scope. CodeActionKinds usingthis should always begin withnotebook.

This requires that new CodeActions be created for it and contributed via extensions.Pre-existing kinds can not just have the newnotebook. prefix added to them, as the functionalityis unique to the full-notebook scope.

Notebook CodeActionKinds can be initialized as either of the following (both resulting innotebook.source.xyz):

  • const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append(CodeActionKind.Source.append('xyz').value)
  • const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append('source.xyz')

Example Kinds/Actions:

  • notebook.source.organizeImports (might move all imports to a new top cell)
  • notebook.source.normalizeVariableNames (might rename all variables to a standardized casing format)

Base kind for quickfix actions:quickfix.

Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu.

Base kind for refactoring actions:refactor

Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu.

Base kind for refactoring extraction actions:refactor.extract

Example extract actions:

  • Extract method
  • Extract function
  • Extract variable
  • Extract interface from class
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring inline actions:refactor.inline

Example inline actions:

  • Inline function
  • Inline variable
  • Inline constant
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring move actions:refactor.move

Example move actions:

  • Move a function to a new file
  • Move a property between classes
  • Move method to base class
  • ...

Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions:refactor.rewrite

Example rewrite actions:

  • Convert JavaScript function to class
  • Add or remove parameter
  • Encapsulate field
  • Make method static
  • ...

Base kind for source actions:source

Source code actions apply to the entire file. They must be explicitly requested and will not show in thenormallightbulb menu. Source actionscan be run on save usingeditor.codeActionsOnSave and are also shown in thesource context menu.

Base kind for auto-fix source actions:source.fixAll.

Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input.They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes.

Base kind for an organize imports source action:source.organizeImports.

Constructors

Private constructor, use staticCodeActionKind.XYZ to derive from an existing code action kind.

ParameterDescription
value:string

The value of the kind, such asrefactor.extract.function.

ReturnsDescription
CodeActionKind

Properties

String value of the kind, e.g."refactor.extract.function".

Methods

Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind.

Does not modify the current kind.

ParameterDescription
parts:string
ReturnsDescription
CodeActionKind

Checks ifother is a sub-kind of thisCodeActionKind.

The kind"refactor.extract" for example contains"refactor.extract" and ``"refactor.extract.function", but not"unicorn.refactor.extract", or"refactor.extractAll"orrefactor`.

ParameterDescription
other:CodeActionKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

Checks if this code action kind intersectsother.

The kind"refactor.extract" for example intersectsrefactor,"refactor.extract" and"refactor.extract.function",but not"unicorn.refactor.extract", or"refactor.extractAll".

ParameterDescription
other:CodeActionKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

CodeActionProvider<T>

Provides contextual actions for code. Code actions typically either fix problems or beautify/refactor code.

Code actions are surfaced to users in a few different ways:

  • Thelightbulb feature, which showsa list of code actions at the current cursor position. The lightbulb's list of actions includes both quick fixesand refactorings.
  • As commands that users can run, such asRefactor. Users can run these from the command palette or with keybindings.
  • As source actions, suchOrganize Imports.
  • Quick fixes are shown in the problems view.
  • Change applied on save by theeditor.codeActionsOnSave setting.

Methods

Get code actions for a given range in a document.

Only return code actions that are relevant to user for the requested range. Also keep in mind how thereturned code actions will appear in the UI. The lightbulb widget andRefactor commands for instance showreturned code actions as a list, so do not return a large number of code actions that will overwhelm the user.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range:Range |Selection

The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be aselection if the actions are being requested in the currently active editor.

context:CodeActionContext

Provides additional information about what code actions are being requested. You can use thisto see what specific type of code actions are being requested by the editor in order to return more relevantactions and avoid returning irrelevant code actions that the editor will discard.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Array<Command |T>>

An array of code actions, such as quick fixes or refactorings. The lack of a result can be signaledby returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

We also support returningCommand for legacy reasons, however all new extensions should returnCodeAction object instead.

Given a code action fill in itsedit-property. Changes toall other properties, like title, are ignored. A code action that has an editwill not be resolved.

Note that a code action provider that returns commands, not code actions, cannot successfullyimplement this function. Returning commands is deprecated and instead code actions should bereturned.

ParameterDescription
codeAction:T

A code action.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved code action or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the givenitem. When no result is returned, the givenitem will be used.

CodeActionProviderMetadata

Metadata about the type of code actions that aCodeActionProvider provides.

Properties

Static documentation for a class of code actions.

Documentation from the provider is shown in the code actions menu if either:

  • Code actions ofkind are requested by the editor. In this case, the editor will show the documentation thatmost closely matches the requested code action kind. For example, if a provider has documentation forbothRefactor andRefactorExtract, when the user requests code actions forRefactorExtract,the editor will use the documentation forRefactorExtract instead of the documentation forRefactor.

  • Any code actions ofkind are returned by the provider.

At most one documentation entry will be shown per provider.

List ofCodeActionKinds that aCodeActionProvider may return.

This list is used to determine if a givenCodeActionProvider should be invoked or not.To avoid unnecessary computation, everyCodeActionProvider should list useprovidedCodeActionKinds. Thelist of kinds may either be generic, such as[CodeActionKind.Refactor], or list out every kind provided,such as[CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function'), CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('constant'), ...].

CodeActionTriggerKind

The reason why code actions were requested.

Enumeration Members

Code actions were explicitly requested by the user or by an extension.

Code actions were requested automatically.

This typically happens when current selection in a file changes, but canalso be triggered when file content changes.

CodeLens

A code lens represents aCommand that should be shown along withsource text, like the number of references, a way to run tests, etc.

A code lens isunresolved when no command is associated to it. For performancereasons the creation of a code lens and resolving should be done to two stages.

See also

Constructors

Creates a new code lens object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range to which this code lens applies.

command?:Command

The command associated to this code lens.

ReturnsDescription
CodeLens

Properties

The command this code lens represents.

true when there is a command associated.

The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line.

CodeLensProvider<T>

A code lens provider addscommands to source text. The commands will be shownas dedicated horizontal lines in between the source text.

Events

An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed.

Methods

Compute a list oflenses. This call should return as fast as possible and ifcomputing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with therange set and implementresolve.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and aftercalls tocompute-lenses.

ParameterDescription
codeLens:T

Code lens that must be resolved.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such.

Color

Represents a color in RGBA space.

Constructors

Creates a new color instance.

ParameterDescription
red:number

The red component.

green:number

The green component.

blue:number

The blue component.

alpha:number

The alpha component.

ReturnsDescription
Color

Properties

The alpha component of this color in the range[0-1].

The blue component of this color in the range[0-1].

The green component of this color in the range[0-1].

The red component of this color in the range[0-1].

ColorInformation

Represents a color range from a document.

Constructors

Creates a new color range.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range the color appears in. Must not be empty.

color:Color

The value of the color.

ReturnsDescription
ColorInformation

Properties

The actual color value for this color range.

The range in the document where this color appears.

ColorPresentation

A color presentation object describes how aColor should be represented as text and whatedits are required to refer to it from source code.

For some languages one color can have multiple presentations, e.g. css can represent the color red withthe constantRed, the hex-value#ff0000, or in rgba and hsla forms. In csharp other representationsapply, e.g.System.Drawing.Color.Red.

Constructors

Creates a new color presentation.

ParameterDescription
label:string

The label of this color presentation.

ReturnsDescription
ColorPresentation

Properties

An optional array of additionaltext edits that are applied whenselecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the mainedit nor with themselves.

The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the colorpicker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selectingthis color presentation.

Anedit which is applied to a document when selectingthis presentation for the color. Whenfalsy thelabelis used.

ColorTheme

Represents a color theme.

Properties

The kind of this color theme: light, dark, high contrast dark and high contrast light.

ColorThemeKind

Represents a color theme kind.

Enumeration Members

A light color theme.

A dark color theme.

A dark high contrast color theme.

A light high contrast color theme.

Command

Represents a reference to a command. Provides a title whichwill be used to represent a command in the UI and, optionally,an array of arguments which will be passed to the command handlerfunction when invoked.

Properties

Arguments that the command handler should beinvoked with.

The identifier of the actual command handler.

See alsocommands.registerCommand

Title of the command, likesave.

A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI.

Comment

A comment is displayed within the editor or the Comments Panel, depending on how it is provided.

Properties

Theauthor information of the comment

The human-readable comment body

Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions.For example, a comment is given a context value aseditable. When contributing actions tocomments/comment/titleusingmenus extension point, you can specify context value for keycomment inwhen expression likecomment == editable.

    "contributes": {        "menus": {            "comments/comment/title": [                {                    "command":"extension.deleteComment",                    "when":"comment == editable"                }            ]        }    }

This will show actionextension.deleteComment only for comments withcontextValue iseditable.

Optional label describing theCommentLabel will be rendered next to authorName if exists.

Comment mode of the comment

Optional reactions of theComment

Optional timestamp that will be displayed in comments.The date will be formatted according to the user's locale and settings.

CommentAuthorInformation

Author information of aComment

Properties

The optional icon path for the author

The display name of the author of the comment

CommentController

A comment controller is able to providecomments support to the editor andprovide users various ways to interact with comments.

Properties

Optional commenting range provider. Provide a listranges which support commenting to any given resource uri.

If not provided, users cannot leave any comments.

The id of this comment controller.

The human-readable label of this comment controller.

Comment controller options

Optional reaction handler for creating and deleting reactions on aComment.

ParameterDescription
comment:Comment
reaction:CommentReaction
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Methods

Create acomment thread. The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches)and Comments Panel once created.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the document the thread has been created on.

range:Range

The range the comment thread is located within the document.

comments:readonlyComment[]

The ordered comments of the thread.

ReturnsDescription
CommentThread

Dispose this comment controller.

Once disposed, allcomment threads created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editorand Comments Panel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

CommentingRangeProvider

Commenting range provider for acomment controller.

Methods

Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Range[] |CommentingRanges>

CommentingRanges

The ranges a CommentingRangeProvider enables commenting on.

Properties

Enables comments to be added to a file without a specific range.

The ranges which allow new comment threads creation.

CommentMode

Comment mode of aComment

Enumeration Members

Displays the comment editor

Displays the preview of the comment

CommentOptions

Properties

An optional string to show as placeholder in the comment input box when it's focused.

An optional string to show on the comment input box when it's collapsed.

CommentReaction

Reactions of aComment

Properties

Whether theauthor of the comment has reacted to this reaction

The number of users who have reacted to this reaction

Icon for the reaction shown in UI.

The human-readable label for the reaction

CommentReply

Command argument for actions registered incomments/commentThread/context.

Properties

The value in the comment editor

The activecomment thread

CommentRule

Describes how comments for a language work.

Properties

The block comment character pair, like/* block comment *&#47;

The line comment token, like// this is a comment

CommentThread

A collection ofcomments representing a conversation at a particular range in a document.

Properties

Whether the thread supports reply.Defaults to true.

Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document.Defaults to Collapsed.

The ordered comments of the thread.

Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions.For example, a comment thread is given a context value aseditable. When contributing actions tocomments/commentThread/titleusingmenus extension point, you can specify context value for keycommentThread inwhen expression likecommentThread == editable.

"contributes": {  "menus": {    "comments/commentThread/title": [      {        "command":"extension.deleteCommentThread",        "when":"commentThread == editable"      }    ]  }}

This will show actionextension.deleteCommentThread only for comment threads withcontextValue iseditable.

The optional human-readable label describing theComment Thread

The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shownat the last line of the range. When set to undefined, the comment will be associated with thefile, and not a specific range.

The optional state of a comment thread, which may affect how the comment is displayed.

The uri of the document the thread has been created on.

Methods

Dispose this comment thread.

Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when appropriate.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

CommentThreadCollapsibleState

Collapsible state of acomment thread

Enumeration Members

Determines an item is collapsed

Determines an item is expanded

CommentThreadState

The state of a comment thread.

Enumeration Members

Unresolved thread state

Resolved thread state

CompletionContext

Contains additional information about the context in whichcompletion provider is triggered.

Properties

Character that triggered the completion item provider.

undefined if the provider was not triggered by a character.

The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered.

How the completion was triggered.

CompletionItem

A completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed to complete text that is being typed.

It is sufficient to create a completion item from just alabel. In thatcase the completion item will replace theworduntil the cursor with the given label orinsertText. Otherwise thegivenedit is used.

When selecting a completion item in the editor its defined or synthesized text edit will be appliedtoall cursors/selections whereasadditionalTextEdits will beapplied as provided.

See also

Constructors

Creates a new completion item.

Completion items must have at least alabel which thenwill be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering.

ParameterDescription
label:string |CompletionItemLabel

The label of the completion.

kind?:CompletionItemKind

Thekind of the completion.

ReturnsDescription
CompletionItem

Properties

An optional array of additionaltext edits that are applied whenselecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the maineditnor with themselves.

An optionalCommand that is executedafter inserting this completion.Note thatadditional modifications to the current document should be described with theadditionalTextEdits-property.

An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first andthen type that character.Note that all commit characters should havelength=1 and that superfluouscharacters will be ignored.

A human-readable string with additional informationabout this item, like type or symbol information.

A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.

A string that should be used when filtering a set ofcompletion items. Whenfalsy thelabelis used.

Note that the filter text is matched against the leading word (prefix) which is definedby therange-property.

A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selectingthis completion. Whenfalsy thelabelis used.

Keep whitespace of theinsertText as is. By default, the editor adjusts leadingwhitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - settingthis totrue will prevent that.

The kind of this completion item. Based on the kindan icon is chosen by the editor.

The label of this completion item. By defaultthis is also the text that is inserted when selectingthis completion.

Select this item when showing.Note that only one completion item can be selected andthat the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that thefirst item of thosethat match best is selected.

A range or a insert and replace range selecting the text that should be replaced by this completion item.

When omitted, the range of thecurrent word is used as replace-rangeand as insert-range the start of thecurrent word to thecurrent position is used.

Note 1: A range must be asingle line and it mustcontain the position at which completion has beenrequested.Note 2: A insert range must be a prefix of a replace range, that means it must be contained and starting at the same position.

A string that should be used when comparing this itemwith other items. Whenfalsy thelabelis used.

Note thatsortText is only used for the initial ordering of completionitems. When having a leading word (prefix) ordering is based on howwell completions match that prefix and the initial ordering is only usedwhen completions match equally well. The prefix is defined by therange-property and can therefore be differentfor each completion.

Tags for this completion item.

  • deprecated - UseCompletionItem.insertText andCompletionItem.range instead.

Anedit which is applied to a document when selectingthis completion. When an edit is provided the value ofinsertText is ignored.

TheRange of the edit must be single-line and on the sameline completions wererequested at.

CompletionItemKind

Completion item kinds.

Enumeration Members

TheText completion item kind.

TheMethod completion item kind.

TheFunction completion item kind.

TheConstructor completion item kind.

TheField completion item kind.

TheVariable completion item kind.

TheClass completion item kind.

TheInterface completion item kind.

TheModule completion item kind.

TheProperty completion item kind.

TheUnit completion item kind.

TheValue completion item kind.

TheEnum completion item kind.

TheKeyword completion item kind.

TheSnippet completion item kind.

TheColor completion item kind.

TheFile completion item kind.

TheReference completion item kind.

TheFolder completion item kind.

TheEnumMember completion item kind.

TheConstant completion item kind.

TheStruct completion item kind.

TheEvent completion item kind.

TheOperator completion item kind.

TheTypeParameter completion item kind.

TheUser completion item kind.

TheIssue completion item kind.

CompletionItemLabel

A structured label for acompletion item.

Properties

An optional string which is rendered less prominently afterCompletionItemLabel.detail. Should be usedfor fully qualified names or file path.

An optional string which is rendered less prominently directly afterlabel,without any spacing. Should be used for function signatures or type annotations.

The label of this completion item.

By default this is also the text that is inserted when this completion is selected.

CompletionItemProvider<T>

The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions andIntelliSense.

Providers can delay the computation of thedetailanddocumentation properties by implementing theresolveCompletionItem-function. However, properties thatare needed for the initial sorting and filtering, likesortText,filterText,insertText, andrange, mustnot be changed during resolve.

Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or -depending on the configuration-implicitly when typing words or trigger characters.

Methods

Provide completion items for the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

context:CompletionContext

How the completion was triggered.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<CompletionList<T> |T[]>

An array of completions, acompletion list, or a thenable that resolves to either.The lack of a result can be signaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Given a completion item fill in more data, likedoc-commentordetails.

The editor will only resolve a completion item once.

Note that this function is called when completion items are already showing in the UI or when an item has beenselected for insertion. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, sorting, filtering etc)or the (primary) insert behaviour (insertText) can be changed.

This function may fill inadditionalTextEdits. However, that means an item might beinsertedbefore resolving is done and in that case the editor will do a best effort to still apply those additionaltext edits.

ParameterDescription
item:T

A completion item currently active in the UI.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the givenitem. When no result is returned, the givenitem will be used.

CompletionItemTag

Completion item tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a completionitem.

Enumeration Members

Render a completion as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.

CompletionList<T>

Represents a collection ofcompletion items to be presentedin the editor.

Constructors

Creates a new completion list.

ParameterDescription
items?:T[]

The completion items.

isIncomplete?:boolean

The list is not complete.

ReturnsDescription
CompletionList<T>

Properties

This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputingthis list.

The completion items.

CompletionTriggerKind

How acompletion provider was triggered

Enumeration Members

Completion was triggered normally.

Completion was triggered by a trigger character.

Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete

ConfigurationChangeEvent

An event describing the change in Configuration

Methods

Checks if the given section has changed.If scope is provided, checks if the section has changed for resources under the given scope.

ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

scope?:ConfigurationScope

A scope in which to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the given section has changed.

ConfigurationScope

The configuration scope which can be:

  • aUri representing a resource
  • aTextDocument representing an open text document
  • aWorkspaceFolder representing a workspace folder
  • an object containing:
    • uri: an optionalUri of a text document
    • languageId: the language identifier of a text document

ConfigurationTarget

The configuration target

Enumeration Members

Global configuration

Workspace configuration

Workspace folder configuration

CustomDocument

Represents a custom document used by aCustomEditorProvider.

Custom documents are only used within a givenCustomEditorProvider. The lifecycle of aCustomDocument ismanaged by the editor. When no more references remain to aCustomDocument, it is disposed of.

Properties

The associated uri for this document.

Methods

Dispose of the custom document.

This is invoked by the editor when there are no more references to a givenCustomDocument (for example whenall editors associated with the document have been closed.)

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

CustomDocumentBackup

A backup for anCustomDocument.

Properties

Unique identifier for the backup.

This id is passed back to your extension inopenCustomDocument when opening a custom editor from a backup.

Methods

Delete the current backup.

This is called by the editor when it is clear the current backup is no longer needed, such as when a new backupis made or when the file is saved.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

CustomDocumentBackupContext

Additional information used to implementCustomDocumentBackup.

Properties

Suggested file location to write the new backup.

Note that your extension is free to ignore this and use its own strategy for backup.

If the editor is for a resource from the current workspace,destination will point to a file insideExtensionContext.storagePath. The parent folder ofdestination may not exist, so make sure to created itbefore writing the backup to this location.

CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent<T>

Event triggered by extensions to signal to the editor that the content of aCustomDocumenthas changed.

See alsoCustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

Properties

The document that the change is for.

CustomDocumentEditEvent<T>

Event triggered by extensions to signal to the editor that an edit has occurred on anCustomDocument.

See alsoCustomEditorProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument.

Properties

The document that the edit is for.

Display name describing the edit.

This will be shown to users in the UI for undo/redo operations.

Methods

Redo the edit operation.

This is invoked by the editor when the user redoes this edit. To implementredo, yourextension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just after thisedit was added to the editor's internal edit stack byonDidChangeCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Undo the edit operation.

This is invoked by the editor when the user undoes this edit. To implementundo, yourextension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just before thisedit was added to the editor's internal edit stack byonDidChangeCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

CustomDocumentOpenContext

Additional information about the opening custom document.

Properties

The id of the backup to restore the document from orundefined if there is no backup.

If this is provided, your extension should restore the editor from the backup instead of reading the filefrom the user's workspace.

If the URI is an untitled file, this will be populated with the byte data of that file

If this is provided, your extension should utilize this byte data rather than executing fs APIs on the URI passed in

CustomEditorProvider<T>

Provider for editable custom editors that use a custom document model.

Custom editors useCustomDocument as their document model instead of aTextDocument.This gives extensions full control over actions such as edit, save, and backup.

You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simpletext based documents, useCustomTextEditorProvider instead.

Events

Signal that an edit has occurred inside a custom editor.

This event must be fired by your extension whenever an edit happens in a custom editor. An edit can beanything from changing some text, to cropping an image, to reordering a list. Your extension is free todefine what an edit is and what data is stored on each edit.

FiringonDidChange causes the editors to be marked as being dirty. This is cleared when the user eithersaves or reverts the file.

Editors that support undo/redo must fire aCustomDocumentEditEvent whenever an edit happens. This allowsusers to undo and redo the edit using the editor's standard keyboard shortcuts. The editor will also markthe editor as no longer being dirty if the user undoes all edits to the last saved state.

Editors that support editing but cannot use the editor's standard undo/redo mechanism must fire aCustomDocumentContentChangeEvent.The only way for a user to clear the dirty state of an editor that does not support undo/redo is to eithersave orrevert the file.

An editor should only ever fireCustomDocumentEditEvent events, or only ever fireCustomDocumentContentChangeEvent events.

Methods

Back up a dirty custom document.

Backups are used for hot exit and to prevent data loss. Yourbackup method should persist the resource inits current state, i.e. with the edits applied. Most commonly this means saving the resource to disk intheExtensionContext.storagePath. When the editor reloads and your custom editor is opened for a resource,your extension should first check to see if any backups exist for the resource. If there is a backup, yourextension should load the file contents from there instead of from the resource in the workspace.

backup is triggered approximately one second after the user stops editing the document. If the userrapidly edits the document,backup will not be invoked until the editing stops.

backup is not invoked whenauto save is enabled (since auto save already persists the resource).

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document to backup.

context:CustomDocumentBackupContext

Information that can be used to backup the document.

cancellation:CancellationToken

Token that signals the current backup since a new backup is coming in. It is up to yourextension to decided how to respond to cancellation. If for example your extension is backing up a large filein an operation that takes time to complete, your extension may decide to finish the ongoing backup ratherthan cancelling it to ensure that the editor has some valid backup.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<CustomDocumentBackup>

Create a new document for a given resource.

openCustomDocument is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The openeddocument is then passed toresolveCustomEditor so that the editor can be shown to the user.

Already openedCustomDocument are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for agiven resource are closed, theCustomDocument is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point willtrigger another call toopenCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Uri of the document to open.

openContext:CustomDocumentOpenContext

Additional information about the opening custom document.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
T |Thenable<T>

The custom document.

Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.

This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for thisCustomEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document for the resource being resolved.

webviewPanel:WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up allthe event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto theWebviewPanel touse later for example in a command. SeeWebviewPanel for additional details.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

Revert a custom document to its last saved state.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggersFile: Revert File in a custom editor. (Note thatthis is only used using the editor'sFile: Revert File command and not on agit revert of the file).

To implementrevert, the implementer must make sure all editor instances (webviews) fordocumentare displaying the document in the same state is saved in. This usually means reloading the file from theworkspace.

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document to revert.

cancellation:CancellationToken

Token that signals the revert is no longer required.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Thenable signaling that the change has completed.

Save a custom document.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user saves a custom editor. This can happen when the usertriggers save while the custom editor is active, by commands such assave all, or by auto save if enabled.

To implementsave, the implementer must persist the custom editor. This usually means writing thefile data for the custom document to disk. Aftersave completes, any associated editor instances willno longer be marked as dirty.

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document to save.

cancellation:CancellationToken

Token that signals the save is no longer required (for example, if another save was triggered).

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Thenable signaling that saving has completed.

Save a custom document to a different location.

This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers 'save as' on a custom editor. The implementer mustpersist the custom editor todestination.

When the user accepts save as, the current editor is be replaced by an non-dirty editor for the newly saved file.

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document to save.

destination:Uri

Location to save to.

cancellation:CancellationToken

Token that signals the save is no longer required.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Thenable signaling that saving has completed.

CustomExecution

Class used to execute an extension callback as a task.

Constructors

Constructs a CustomExecution task object. The callback will be executed when the task is run, at which point theextension should return the Pseudoterminal it will "run in". The task should wait to do further execution untilPseudoterminal.open is called. Task cancellation should be handled usingPseudoterminal.close. When the task is complete firePseudoterminal.onDidClose.

ParameterDescription
callback:(resolvedDefinition:TaskDefinition) =>Thenable<Pseudoterminal>

The callback that will be called when the task is started by a user. Any ${} style variables thatwere in the task definition will be resolved and passed into the callback asresolvedDefinition.

ReturnsDescription
CustomExecution

CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<T>

Provider for readonly custom editors that use a custom document model.

Custom editors useCustomDocument as their document model instead of aTextDocument.

You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simpletext based documents, useCustomTextEditorProvider instead.

Methods

Create a new document for a given resource.

openCustomDocument is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The openeddocument is then passed toresolveCustomEditor so that the editor can be shown to the user.

Already openedCustomDocument are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for agiven resource are closed, theCustomDocument is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point willtrigger another call toopenCustomDocument.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Uri of the document to open.

openContext:CustomDocumentOpenContext

Additional information about the opening custom document.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
T |Thenable<T>

The custom document.

Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.

This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for thisCustomEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document:T

Document for the resource being resolved.

webviewPanel:WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up allthe event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto theWebviewPanel touse later for example in a command. SeeWebviewPanel for additional details.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

CustomTextEditorProvider

Provider for text based custom editors.

Text based custom editors use aTextDocument as their data model. This considerably simplifiesimplementing a custom editor as it allows the editor to handle many common operations such asundo and backup. The provider is responsible for synchronizing text changes between the webview and theTextDocument.

Methods

Resolve a custom editor for a given text resource.

This is called when a user first opens a resource for aCustomTextEditorProvider, or if they reopen anexisting editor using thisCustomTextEditorProvider.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

Document for the resource to resolve.

webviewPanel:WebviewPanel

The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource.

During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up allthe event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto theWebviewPanel touse later for example in a command. SeeWebviewPanel for additional details.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved.

DataTransfer

A map containing a mapping of the mime type of the corresponding transferred data.

Drag and drop controllers that implementhandleDrag can add additional mime types to thedata transfer. These additional mime types will only be included in thehandleDrop when the drag was initiated froman element in the same drag and drop controller.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
DataTransfer

Methods

Get a new iterator with the[mime, item] pairs for each element in this data transfer.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
IterableIterator<[mimeType:string, item:DataTransferItem]>

Allows iteration through the data transfer items.

ParameterDescription
callbackfn:(item:DataTransferItem, mimeType:string, dataTransfer:DataTransfer) =>void

Callback for iteration through the data transfer items.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Retrieves the data transfer item for a given mime type.

ParameterDescription
mimeType:string

The mime type to get the data transfer item for, such astext/plain orimage/png.Mimes type look ups are case-insensitive.

Special mime types:

  • text/uri-list — A string withtoString()ed Uris separated by\r\n. To specify a cursor position in the file,set the Uri's fragment toL3,5, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.
ReturnsDescription
DataTransferItem

Sets a mime type to data transfer item mapping.

ParameterDescription
mimeType:string

The mime type to set the data for. Mimes types stored in lower case, with case-insensitive looks up.

value:DataTransferItem

The data transfer item for the given mime type.

ReturnsDescription
void

DataTransferFile

A file associated with aDataTransferItem.

Instances of this type can only be created by the editor and not by extensions.

Properties

The name of the file.

The full file path of the file.

May beundefined on web.

Methods

The full file contents of the file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

DataTransferItem

Encapsulates data transferred during drag and drop operations.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
value:any

Custom data stored on this item. Can be retrieved usingDataTransferItem.value.

ReturnsDescription
DataTransferItem

Properties

Custom data stored on this item.

You can usevalue to share data across operations. The original object can be retrieved so long as the extension thatcreated theDataTransferItem runs in the same extension host.

Methods

Try getting thefile associated with this data transfer item.

Note that the file object is only valid for the scope of the drag and drop operation.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
DataTransferFile

The file for the data transfer orundefined if the item is either not a file or thefile data cannot be accessed.

Get a string representation of this item.

IfDataTransferItem.value is an object, this returns the result of json stringifyingDataTransferItem.value value.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

DebugAdapter

A debug adapter that implements the Debug Adapter Protocol can be registered with the editor if it implements the DebugAdapter interface.

Events

An event which fires after the debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor.Messages can be requests, responses, or events.

Methods

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

Handle a Debug Adapter Protocol message.Messages can be requests, responses, or events.Results or errors are returned via onSendMessage events.

ParameterDescription
message:DebugProtocolMessage

A Debug Adapter Protocol message

ReturnsDescription
void

DebugAdapterDescriptor

Represents the different types of debug adapters

DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory

A debug adapter factory that createsdebug adapter descriptors.

Methods

'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use.These details must be returned as objects of typeDebugAdapterDescriptor.Currently two types of debug adapters are supported:

  • a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (seeDebugAdapterExecutable),
  • a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (seeDebugAdapterServer).If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this:createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) { if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') { return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer); } return executable;}
ParameterDescription
session:DebugSession

Thedebug session for which the debug adapter will be used.

executable:DebugAdapterExecutable

The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists).

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor>

DebugAdapterExecutable

Represents a debug adapter executable and optional arguments and runtime options passed to it.

Constructors

Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program.

ParameterDescription
command:string

The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter.

args?:string[]

Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable.

options?:DebugAdapterExecutableOptions

Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable.

ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterExecutable

Properties

The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array.

The command or path of the debug adapter executable.A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable.The special value 'node' will be mapped to the editor's built-in Node.js runtime.

Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started.Defaults to undefined.

DebugAdapterExecutableOptions

Options for a debug adapter executable.

Properties

The current working directory for the executed debug adapter.

The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omittedthe parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged withthe parent process' environment.

DebugAdapterInlineImplementation

A debug adapter descriptor for an inline implementation.

Constructors

Create a descriptor for an inline implementation of a debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
implementation:DebugAdapter
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterInlineImplementation

DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer

Represents a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.

Constructors

Create a description for a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.

ParameterDescription
path:string
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer

Properties

The path to the NamedPipe/UNIX Domain Socket.

DebugAdapterServer

Represents a debug adapter running as a socket based server.

Constructors

Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server.

ParameterDescription
port:number
host?:string
ReturnsDescription
DebugAdapterServer

Properties

The host.

The port.

DebugAdapterTracker

A Debug Adapter Tracker is a means to track the communication between the editor and a Debug Adapter.

Events

The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor.

ParameterDescription
message:any
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from the editor.

ParameterDescription
message:any
ReturnsDescription
void

A session with the debug adapter is about to be started.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter session is about to be stopped.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Methods

An error with the debug adapter has occurred.

ParameterDescription
error:Error
ReturnsDescription
void

The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal.

ParameterDescription
code:number
signal:string
ReturnsDescription
void

DebugAdapterTrackerFactory

A debug adapter factory that createsdebug adapter trackers.

Methods

The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in orderto return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between the editor and a debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
session:DebugSession

Thedebug session for which the debug adapter tracker will be used.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker>

Adebug adapter tracker or undefined.

DebugConfiguration

Configuration for a debug session.

Properties

The name of the debug session.

The request type of the debug session.

The type of the debug session.

DebugConfigurationProvider

A debug configuration provider allows to add debug configurations to the debug serviceand to resolve launch configurations before they are used to start a debug session.A debug configuration provider is registered viadebug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider.

Methods

Providesdebug configuration to the debug service. If more than one debug configuration provider isregistered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order.

ParameterDescription
folder:WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder for which the configurations are used orundefined for a folderless setup.

token?:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]>

Resolves adebug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes.If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chainedin arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain.Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting.Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.

ParameterDescription
folder:WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from orundefined for a folderless setup.

debugConfiguration:DebugConfiguration

Thedebug configuration to resolve.

token?:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>

The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null.

This hook is directly called after 'resolveDebugConfiguration' but with all variables substituted.It can be used to resolve or verify adebug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes.If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the 'resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables' calls are chainedin arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain.Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting.Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.

ParameterDescription
folder:WorkspaceFolder

The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from orundefined for a folderless setup.

debugConfiguration:DebugConfiguration

Thedebug configuration to resolve.

token?:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>

The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null.

DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind

A DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind specifies when theprovideDebugConfigurations method of aDebugConfigurationProvider is triggered.Currently there are two situations: to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json orto provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).A trigger kind is used when registering aDebugConfigurationProvider withdebug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider.

Enumeration Members

DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations is called to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json.

DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations is called to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).

DebugConsole

Represents the debug console.

Methods

Append the given value to the debug console.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed characterto the debug console.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

DebugConsoleMode

Debug console mode used by debug session, seeoptions.

Enumeration Members

Debug session should have a separate debug console.

Debug session should share debug console with its parent session.This value has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session.

DebugProtocolBreakpoint

A DebugProtocolBreakpoint is an opaque stand-in type for theBreakpoint type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.

DebugProtocolMessage

A DebugProtocolMessage is an opaque stand-in type for theProtocolMessage type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.

DebugProtocolSource

A DebugProtocolSource is an opaque stand-in type for theSource type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.

DebugSession

A debug session.

Properties

The "resolved"debug configuration of this session."Resolved" means that

  • all variables have been substituted and
  • platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms.

The unique ID of this debug session.

The debug session's name is initially taken from thedebug configuration.Any changes will be properly reflected in the UI.

The parent session of this debug session, if it was created as a child.

See alsoDebugSessionOptions.parentSession

The debug session's type from thedebug configuration.

The workspace folder of this session orundefined for a folderless setup.

Methods

Send a custom request to the debug adapter.

ParameterDescription
command:string
args?:any
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<any>

Maps a breakpoint in the editor to the corresponding Debug Adapter Protocol (DAP) breakpoint that is managed by the debug adapter of the debug session.If no DAP breakpoint exists (either because the editor breakpoint was not yet registered or because the debug adapter is not interested in the breakpoint), the valueundefined is returned.

ParameterDescription
breakpoint:Breakpoint

ABreakpoint in the editor.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<DebugProtocolBreakpoint>

A promise that resolves to the Debug Adapter Protocol breakpoint orundefined.

DebugSessionCustomEvent

A custom Debug Adapter Protocol event received from adebug session.

Properties

Event specific information.

Type of event.

Thedebug session for which the custom event was received.

DebugSessionOptions

Properties

Controls if the debug session's parent session is shown in the CALL STACK view even if it has only a single child.By default, the debug session will never hide its parent.If compact is true, debug sessions with a single child are hidden in the CALL STACK view to make the tree more compact.

Controls whether this session should have a separate debug console or share itwith the parent session. Has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session.Defaults to Separate.

Controls whether lifecycle requests like 'restart' are sent to the newly created session or its parent session.By default (if the property is false or missing), lifecycle requests are sent to the new session.This property is ignored if the session has no parent session.

Controls whether this session should run without debugging, thus ignoring breakpoints.When this property is not specified, the value from the parent session (if there is one) is used.

When specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of this"parent" debug session.

When true, the window statusbar color will not be changed for this session.

When true, the debug toolbar will not be shown for this session.

When true, the debug viewlet will not be automatically revealed for this session.

When true, a save will not be triggered for open editors when starting a debug session, regardless of the value of thedebug.saveBeforeStart setting.

Signals to the editor that the debug session was started from a test runrequest. This is used to link the lifecycle of the debug session andtest run in UI actions.

DebugStackFrame

Represents a stack frame in a debug session.

Properties

ID of the stack frame in the debug protocol.

Debug session for thread.

ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.

DebugThread

Represents a thread in a debug session.

Properties

Debug session for thread.

ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.

Declaration

The declaration of a symbol representation as one or manylocationsorlocation links.

DeclarationCoverage

Contains coverage information for a declaration. Depending on the reporterand language, this may be types such as functions, methods, or namespaces.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
name:string
executed:number |boolean

The number of times this declaration was executed, or aboolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count isunknown. If zero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered.

location:Range |Position

The declaration position.

ReturnsDescription
DeclarationCoverage

Properties

The number of times this declaration was executed, or a booleanindicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. Ifzero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered.

Declaration location.

Name of the declaration.

DeclarationProvider

The declaration provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe go to declaration feature.

Methods

Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Declaration>

A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

DecorationInstanceRenderOptions

Represents render options for decoration instances. SeeDecorationOptions.renderOptions.

Properties

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

Overwrite options for dark themes.

Overwrite options for light themes.

DecorationOptions

Represents options for a specific decoration in adecoration set.

Properties

A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration.

Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty.

Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep thenumber of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible.

DecorationRangeBehavior

Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing at their edges.

Enumeration Members

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end.

The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start or end.

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end.

The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start.

DecorationRenderOptions

Represents rendering styles for atext editor decoration.

Properties

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations.Alternatively a color from the color registry can bereferenced.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Overwrite options for dark themes.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Anabsolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.

Specifies the size of the gutter icon.Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value.For further information:https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx

Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text.Defaults tofalse.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Overwrite options for light themes.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.

The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered.

Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range.Defaults toDecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Definition

The definition of a symbol represented as one or manylocations.For most programming languages there is only one location at which a symbol isdefined.

DefinitionLink

Information about where a symbol is defined.

Provides additional metadata over normalLocation definitions, including the range ofthe defining symbol

DefinitionProvider

The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthego to definitionand peek definition features.

Methods

Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition |LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

Diagnostic

Represents a diagnostic, such as a compiler error or warning. Diagnostic objectsare only valid in the scope of a file.

Constructors

Creates a new diagnostic object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range to which this diagnostic applies.

message:string

The human-readable message.

severity?:DiagnosticSeverity

The severity, default iserror.

ReturnsDescription
Diagnostic

Properties

A code or identifier for this diagnostic.Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providingcode actions.

The human-readable message.

The range to which this diagnostic applies.

An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names withina scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property.

The severity, default iserror.

A human-readable string describing the source of thisdiagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'.

Additional metadata about the diagnostic.

DiagnosticChangeEvent

The event that is fired when diagnostics change.

Properties

An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed.

DiagnosticCollection

A diagnostics collection is a container that manages a set ofdiagnostics. Diagnostics are always scopes to adiagnostics collection and a resource.

To get an instance of aDiagnosticCollection usecreateDiagnosticCollection.

Properties

The name of this diagnostic collection, for instancetypescript. Every diagnosticfrom this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses thisname when definingproblem matchers.

Methods

Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The sameas calling#set(undefined);

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belongto the provideduri. The same as#set(uri, undefined).

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources. Callsclear.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each entry in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback:(uri:Uri, diagnostics: readonlyDiagnostic[], collection:DiagnosticCollection) =>any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Get the diagnostics for a given resource.Note that you cannotmodify the diagnostics-array returned from this call.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
readonlyDiagnostic[]

An immutable array ofdiagnostics orundefined.

Check if this collection contains diagnostics for agiven resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if this collection has diagnostic for the given resource.

Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replaceexisting diagnostics for that resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

diagnostics:readonlyDiagnostic[]

Array of diagnostics orundefined

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace diagnostics for multiple resources in this collection.

Note that multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g[[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]] is equivalent to[[file1, [d1, d2]]].If a diagnostics item isundefined as in[file1, undefined]all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed.

ParameterDescription
entries:ReadonlyArray<[Uri,readonly Diagnostic[]]>

An array of tuples, like[[file1, [d1, d2]], [file2, [d3, d4, d5]]], orundefined.

ReturnsDescription
void

DiagnosticRelatedInformation

Represents a related message and source code location for a diagnostic. This should beused to point to code locations that cause or related to a diagnostics, e.g. when duplicatinga symbol in a scope.

Constructors

Creates a new related diagnostic information object.

ParameterDescription
location:Location

The location.

message:string

The message.

ReturnsDescription
DiagnosticRelatedInformation

Properties

The location of this related diagnostic information.

The message of this related diagnostic information.

DiagnosticSeverity

Represents the severity of diagnostics.

Enumeration Members

Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means.

Something suspicious but allowed.

Something to inform about but not a problem.

Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposinga refactoring.

DiagnosticTag

Additional metadata about the type of a diagnostic.

Enumeration Members

Unused or unnecessary code.

Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fadingis controlled by the"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity" theme color. Forexample,"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0" will render thecode with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the"editorUnnecessaryCode.border" theme color to underline unnecessary codeinstead of fading it out.

Deprecated or obsolete code.

Diagnostics with this tag are rendered with a strike through.

Disposable

Represents a type which can release resources, suchas event listening or a timer.

Static

Combine many disposable-likes into one. You can use this method when having objects witha dispose function which aren't instances ofDisposable.

ParameterDescription
...disposableLikes:Array<{dispose: () =>any}>

Objects that have at least adispose-function member. Note that asynchronousdispose-functions aren't awaited.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, willdispose all provided disposables.

Constructors

Creates a new disposable that calls the provided functionon dispose.

Note that an asynchronous function is not awaited.

ParameterDescription
callOnDispose:() =>any

Function that disposes something.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

Methods

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

DocumentColorProvider

The document color provider defines the contract between extensions and feature ofpicking and modifying colors in the editor.

Methods

Providerepresentations for a color.

ParameterDescription
color:Color

The color to show and insert.

context:{document:TextDocument, range:Range}

A context object with additional information

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]>

An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a resultcan be signaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Provide colors for the given document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]>

An array ofcolor information or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a resultcan be signaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

DocumentDropEdit

An edit operation appliedon drop.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
insertText:string |SnippetString

The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.

title?:string

Human readable label that describes the edit.

kind?:DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind of the edit.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropEdit

Properties

An optional additional edit to apply on drop.

The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.

Kind of the edit.

Human readable label that describes the edit.

Controls the ordering or multiple edits. If this provider yield to edits, it will be shown lower in the list.

DocumentDropEditProvider<T>

Provider which handles dropping of resources into a text editor.

This allows users to drag and drop resources (including resources from external apps) into the editor. While draggingand dropping files, users can hold downshift to drop the file into the editor instead of opening it.Requireseditor.dropIntoEditor.enabled to be on.

Methods

Provide edits which inserts the content being dragged and dropped into the document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the drop occurred.

position:Position

The position in the document where the drop occurred.

dataTransfer:DataTransfer

ADataTransfer object that holds data about what is being dragged and dropped.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T |T[]>

ADocumentDropEdit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

Optional method which fills in theDocumentDropEdit.additionalEdit before the edit is applied.

This is called once per edit and should be used if generating the complete edit may take a long time.Resolve can only be used to changeDocumentDropEdit.additionalEdit.

ParameterDescription
edit:T

TheDocumentDropEdit to resolve.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved edit or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the givenedit. If no result is returned, the givenedit is used.

DocumentDropEditProviderMetadata

Provides additional metadata about how aDocumentDropEditProvider works.

Properties

List ofDataTransfer mime types that the provider can handle.

This can either be an exact mime type such asimage/png, or a wildcard pattern such asimage/*.

Usetext/uri-list for resources dropped from the explorer or other tree views in the workbench.

Usefiles to indicate that the provider should be invoked if anyfiles are present in theDataTransfer.Note thatDataTransferFile entries are only created when dropping content from outside the editor, such asfrom the operating system.

List ofkinds that the provider may return inprovideDocumentDropEdits.

This is used to filter out providers when a specifickind of edit is requested.

DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Static

The root kind for basic text edits.

This kind should be used for edits that insert basic text into the document. A good example of this isan edit that pastes the clipboard text while also updating imports in the file based on the pasted text.For this we could use a kind such astext.updateImports.someLanguageId.

Even though most drop/paste edits ultimately insert text, you should not useText as the base kindfor every edit as this is redundant. Instead a more specific kind that describes the type of content beinginserted should be used instead. For example, if the edit adds a Markdown link, usemarkdown.link since eventhough the content being inserted is text, it's more important to know that the edit inserts Markdown syntax.

Root kind for edits that update imports in a document in addition to inserting text.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
value:string
ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Properties

The raw string value of the kind.

Methods

Create a new kind by appending additional scopes to the current kind.

Does not modify the current kind.

ParameterDescription
...parts:string[]
ReturnsDescription
DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Checks ifother is a sub-kind of thisDocumentDropOrPasteEditKind.

The kind"text.plain" for example contains"text.plain" and"text.plain.list",but not"text" or"unicorn.text.plain".

ParameterDescription
other:DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

Checks if this kind intersectsother.

The kind"text.plain" for example intersectstext,"text.plain" and"text.plain.list",but not"unicorn", or"textUnicorn.plain".

ParameterDescription
other:DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind to check.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

DocumentFilter

A document filter denotes a document by different properties likethelanguage, thescheme ofits resource, or a glob-pattern that is applied to thepath.

ExampleA language filter that applies to typescript files on disk

{language:'typescript',scheme:'file' }

ExampleA language filter that applies to all package.json paths

{language:'json',pattern:'**/package.json' }

Properties

A language id, liketypescript.

Thetype of a notebook, likejupyter-notebook. This allowsto narrow down on the type of a notebook that acell document belongs to.

Note that setting thenotebookType-property changes howscheme andpattern are interpreted. When setthey are evaluated against thenotebook uri, not the document uri.

ExampleMatch python document inside jupyter notebook that aren't stored yet (untitled)

{language:'python',notebookType:'jupyter-notebook',scheme:'untitled' }

Aglob pattern that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use arelative patternto filter documents to aworkspace folder.

A Urischeme, likefile oruntitled.

DocumentFormattingEditProvider

The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe formatting-feature.

Methods

Provide formatting edits for a whole document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

options:FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

DocumentHighlight

A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deservesspecial attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changingthe background color of its range.

Constructors

Creates a new document highlight object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range the highlight applies to.

kind?:DocumentHighlightKind

The highlight kind, default istext.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentHighlight

Properties

The highlight kind, default istext.

The range this highlight applies to.

DocumentHighlightKind

A document highlight kind.

Enumeration Members

A textual occurrence.

Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.

Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.

DocumentHighlightProvider

The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe word-highlight-feature.

Methods

Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable orall exit-points of a function.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

DocumentLink

A document link is a range in a text document that links to an internal or external resource, like anothertext document or a web site.

Constructors

Creates a new document link.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty.

target?:Uri

The uri the document link points to.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentLink

Properties

The range this link applies to.

The uri this link points to.

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how totrigger the link, such as{0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions vary depending on OS,user settings, and localization.

DocumentLinkProvider<T>

The document link provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of showinglinks in the editor.

Methods

Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detectshttp(s) andfile links.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array ofdocument links or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a resultcan be signaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Given a link fill in itstarget. This method is called when an incompletelink is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links(without target) from theprovideDocumentLinks method whichoften helps to improve performance.

ParameterDescription
link:T

The link that is to be resolved.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

DocumentPasteEdit

An edit the applies a paste operation.

Constructors

Create a new paste edit.

ParameterDescription
insertText:string |SnippetString

The text or snippet to insert at the pasted locations.

title:string

Human readable label that describes the edit.

kind:DocumentDropOrPasteEditKind

Kind of the edit.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentPasteEdit

Properties

An optional additional edit to apply on paste.

The text or snippet to insert at the pasted locations.

If your edit requires more advanced insertion logic, set this to an empty string and provide anadditional edit instead.

Kind of the edit.

Human readable label that describes the edit.

Controls ordering when multiple paste edits can potentially be applied.

If this edit yields to another, it will be shown lower in the list of possible paste edits shown to the user.

DocumentPasteEditContext

Additional information about the paste operation.

Properties

Requested kind of paste edits to return.

When a explicit kind if requested byPasteAs, providers areencourage to be more flexible when generating an edit of the requested kind.

The reason why paste edits were requested.

DocumentPasteEditProvider<T>

Provider invoked when the user copies or pastes in aTextDocument.

Methods

Optional method invoked after the user copies from atext editor.

This allows the provider to attach metadata about the copied text to theDataTransfer. This datatransfer is then passed back to providers inprovideDocumentPasteEdits.

Note that currently any changes to theDataTransfer are isolated to the current editor window.This means that any added metadata cannot be seen by other editor windows or by other applications.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

Text document where the copy took place.

ranges:readonlyRange[]

Ranges being copied indocument.

dataTransfer:DataTransfer

The data transfer associated with the copy. You can store additional values on this forlater use inprovideDocumentPasteEdits. This object is only valid for the duration of this method.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Optional thenable that resolves when all changes to thedataTransfer are complete.

Invoked before the user pastes into atext editor.

Returned edits can replace the standard pasting behavior.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

Document being pasted into

ranges:readonlyRange[]

Range in thedocument to paste into.

dataTransfer:DataTransfer

Thedata transfer associated with the paste. This object is onlyvalid for the duration of the paste operation.

context:DocumentPasteEditContext

Additional context for the paste.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

Set of potentialedits that can apply the paste. Only a single returnedDocumentPasteEdit is applied at a time. If multiple edits are returned from all providers, thenthe first is automatically applied and a widget is shown that lets the user switch to the other edits.

Optional method which fills in theDocumentPasteEdit.additionalEdit before the edit is applied.

This is called once per edit and should be used if generating the complete edit may take a long time.Resolve can only be used to changeDocumentPasteEdit.insertText orDocumentPasteEdit.additionalEdit.

ParameterDescription
pasteEdit:T

TheDocumentPasteEdit to resolve.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved paste edit or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the givenpasteEdit. If no result is returned, the givenpasteEdit is used.

DocumentPasteProviderMetadata

Provides additional metadata about how aDocumentPasteEditProvider works.

Properties

Mime types thatprepareDocumentPaste may add on copy.

Mime types thatprovideDocumentPasteEdits should be invoked for.

This can either be an exact mime type such asimage/png, or a wildcard pattern such asimage/*.

Usetext/uri-list for resources dropped from the explorer or other tree views in the workbench.

Usefiles to indicate that the provider should be invoked if anyfiles are present in theDataTransfer.Note thatDataTransferFile entries are only created when pasting content from outside the editor, such asfrom the operating system.

List ofkinds that the provider may return inprovideDocumentPasteEdits.

This is used to filter out providers when a specifickind of edit is requested.

DocumentPasteTriggerKind

The reason why paste edits were requested.

Enumeration Members

Pasting was requested as part of a normal paste operation.

Pasting was requested by the user with thepaste as command.

DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider

The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe formatting-feature.

Methods

Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.

The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smalleror larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and endof the range to full syntax nodes.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range:Range

The range which should be formatted.

options:FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Provide formatting edits for multiple ranges in a document.

This function is optional but allows a formatter to perform faster when formatting only modified ranges or whenformatting a large number of selections.

The given ranges are hints and providers can decide to format a smalleror larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and endof the range to full syntax nodes.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

ranges:Range[]

The ranges which should be formatted.

options:FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider

The document range semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions andsemantic tokens.

Methods

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument
range:Range
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>

DocumentSelector

A language selector is the combination of one or many language identifiersandlanguage filters.

Note that a document selector that is just a language identifier selectsalldocuments, even those that are not saved on disk. Only use such selectors whena feature works without further context, e.g. without the need to resolve related'files'.

Example

let sel:DocumentSelector = {scheme: 'file',language: 'typescript' };

DocumentSemanticTokensProvider

The document semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions andsemantic tokens.

Events

An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed.

Methods

Tokens in a file are represented as an array of integers. The position of each token is expressed relative tothe token before it, because most tokens remain stable relative to each other when edits are made in a file.


In short, each token takes 5 integers to represent, so a specific tokeni in the file consists of the following array indices:

  • at index5*i -deltaLine: token line number, relative to the previous token
  • at index5*i+1 -deltaStart: token start character, relative to the previous token (relative to 0 or the previous token's start if they are on the same line)
  • at index5*i+2 -length: the length of the token. A token cannot be multiline.
  • at index5*i+3 -tokenType: will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenTypes. We currently ask thattokenType < 65536.
  • at index5*i+4 -tokenModifiers: each set bit will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenModifiers

How to encode tokens

Here is an example for encoding a file with 3 tokens in a uint32 array:

   { line: 2, startChar:  5, length: 3, tokenType: "property",  tokenModifiers: ["private", "static"] },   { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: "type",      tokenModifiers: [] },   { line: 5, startChar:  2, length: 7, tokenType: "class",     tokenModifiers: [] }
  1. First of all, a legend must be devised. This legend must be provided up-front and capture all possible token types.For this example, we will choose the following legend which must be passed in when registering the provider:
   tokenTypes: ['property', 'type', 'class'],   tokenModifiers: ['private', 'static']
  1. The first transformation step is to encodetokenType andtokenModifiers as integers using the legend. Token types are lookedup by index, so atokenType value of1 meanstokenTypes[1]. Multiple token modifiers can be set by using bit flags,so atokenModifier value of3 is first viewed as binary0b00000011, which means[tokenModifiers[0], tokenModifiers[1]] becausebits 0 and 1 are set. Using this legend, the tokens now are:
   { line: 2, startChar:  5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },   { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },   { line: 5, startChar:  2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
  1. The next step is to represent each token relative to the previous token in the file. In this case, the second tokenis on the same line as the first token, so thestartChar of the second token is made relative to thestartCharof the first token, so it will be10 - 5. The third token is on a different line than the second token, so thestartChar of the third token will not be altered:
   { deltaLine: 2, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },   { deltaLine: 0, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },   { deltaLine: 3, deltaStartChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
  1. Finally, the last step is to inline each of the 5 fields for a token in a single array, which is a memory friendly representation:
   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

See alsoSemanticTokensBuilder for a helper to encode tokens as integers.NOTE: When doing edits, it is possible that multiple edits occur until the editor decides to invoke the semantic tokens provider.NOTE: If the provider cannot temporarily compute semantic tokens, it can indicate this by throwing an error with the message 'Busy'.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>

Instead of always returning all the tokens in a file, it is possible for aDocumentSemanticTokensProvider to implementthis method (provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits) and then return incremental updates to the previously provided semantic tokens.


How tokens change when the document changes

Suppose thatprovideDocumentSemanticTokens has previously returned the following semantic tokens:

   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

Also suppose that after some edits, the new semantic tokens in a file are:

   // 1st token,  2nd token,  3rd token   [  3,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ]

It is possible to express these new tokens in terms of an edit applied to the previous tokens:

   [  2,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ] // old tokens   [  3,5,3,0,3,  0,5,4,1,0,  3,2,7,2,0 ] // new tokens   edit: { start:  0, deleteCount: 1, data: [3] } // replace integer at offset 0 with 3

NOTE: If the provider cannot computeSemanticTokensEdits, it can "give up" and return all the tokens in the document again.NOTE: All edits inSemanticTokensEdits contain indices in the old integers array, so they all refer to the previous result state.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument
previousResultId:string
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens |SemanticTokensEdits>

DocumentSymbol

Represents programming constructs like variables, classes, interfaces etc. that appear in a document. Documentsymbols can be hierarchical and they have two ranges: one that encloses its definition and one that points toits most interesting range, e.g. the range of an identifier.

Constructors

Creates a new document symbol.

ParameterDescription
name:string

The name of the symbol.

detail:string

Details for the symbol.

kind:SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

range:Range

The full range of the symbol.

selectionRange:Range

The range that should be reveal.

ReturnsDescription
DocumentSymbol

Properties

Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class.

More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this symbol.

The name of this symbol.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function.Must be contained by therange.

Tags for this symbol.

DocumentSymbolProvider

The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthego to symbol-feature.

Methods

Provide symbol information for the given document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[] |SymbolInformation[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata

Metadata about a document symbol provider.

Properties

A human-readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document.

EndOfLine

Represents an end of line character sequence in adocument.

Enumeration Members

The line feed\n character.

The carriage return line feed\r\n sequence.

EnterAction

Describes what to do when pressing Enter.

Properties

Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.

Describe what to do with the indentation.

Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.

EnvironmentVariableCollection

A collection of mutations that an extension can apply to a process environment.

Properties

A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe thechanges in the UI.

Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminalacross window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when thewindow reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. Thecollection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collectionis cleared. Defaults to true.

Methods

Append a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to append to.

value:string

The value to append to the variable.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Clears all mutators from this collection.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to delete the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each mutator in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback:(variable:string, mutator:EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection:EnvironmentVariableCollection) =>any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to get the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableMutator

Prepend a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to prepend.

value:string

The value to prepend to the variable.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace an environment variable with a value.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to replace.

value:string

The value to replace the variable with.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

EnvironmentVariableMutator

A type of mutation and its value to be applied to an environment variable.

Properties

Options applied to the mutator.

The type of mutation that will occur to the variable.

The value to use for the variable.

EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator.

Properties

Apply to the environment just before the process is created. Defaults to false.

Apply to the environment in the shell integration script. Note that thiswill not applythe mutator if shell integration is disabled or not working for some reason. Defaults tofalse.

EnvironmentVariableMutatorType

A type of mutation that can be applied to an environment variable.

Enumeration Members

Replace the variable's existing value.

Append to the end of the variable's existing value.

Prepend to the start of the variable's existing value.

EnvironmentVariableScope

The scope object to which the environment variable collection applies.

Properties

Any specific workspace folder to get collection for.

EvaluatableExpression

An EvaluatableExpression represents an expression in a document that can be evaluated by an active debugger or runtime.The result of this evaluation is shown in a tooltip-like widget.If only a range is specified, the expression will be extracted from the underlying document.An optional expression can be used to override the extracted expression.In this case the range is still used to highlight the range in the document.

Constructors

Creates a new evaluatable expression object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted.

expression?:string

If specified overrides the extracted expression.

ReturnsDescription
EvaluatableExpression

Properties

EvaluatableExpressionProvider

The evaluatable expression provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe debug hover. In this contract the provider returns an evaluatable expression for a given positionin a document and the editor evaluates this expression in the active debug session and shows the result in a debug hover.

Methods

Provide an evaluatable expression for the given document and position.The editor will evaluate this expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover.The expression can be implicitly specified by the range in the underlying document or by explicitly returning an expression.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document for which the debug hover is about to appear.

position:Position

The line and character position in the document where the debug hover is about to appear.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<EvaluatableExpression>

An EvaluatableExpression or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

Event<T>

Represents a typed event.

A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it witha listener function as argument.

Example

item.onDidChange(function(event) {  console.log('Event happened: ' +event);});

A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it witha listener function as argument.

ParameterDescription
listener:(e:T) =>any

The listener function will be called when the event happens.

thisArgs?:any

Thethis-argument which will be used when calling the event listener.

disposables?:Disposable[]

An array to which aDisposable will be added.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener.

EventEmitter<T>

An event emitter can be used to create and manage anEvent for othersto subscribe to. One emitter always owns one event.

Use this class if you want to provide event from within your extension, for instanceinside aTextDocumentContentProvider or when providingAPI to other extensions.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
EventEmitter<T>

Properties

The event listeners can subscribe to.

Methods

Dispose this object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Notify all subscribers of theevent. Failureof one or more listener will not fail this function call.

ParameterDescription
data:T

The event object.

ReturnsDescription
void

Extension<T>

Represents an extension.

To get an instance of anExtension usegetExtension.

Properties

The public API exported by this extension (return value ofactivate).It is an invalid action to access this field before this extension has been activated.

The extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI runsor if an extension runs where the remote extension host runs. The extension kindis defined in thepackage.json-file of extensions but can also be refinedvia theremote.extensionKind-setting. When no remote extension host exists,the value isExtensionKind.UI.

The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension. Shorthandnotation forExtension.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).

The uri of the directory containing the extension.

The canonical extension identifier in the form of:publisher.name.

true if the extension has been activated.

The parsed contents of the extension's package.json.

Methods

Activates this extension and returns its public API.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<T>

A promise that will resolve when this extension has been activated.

ExtensionContext

An extension context is a collection of utilities private to anextension.

An instance of anExtensionContext is provided as the firstparameter to theactivate-call of an extension.

Properties

Gets the extension's global environment variable collection for this workspace, enabling changes to beapplied to terminal environment variables.

The currentExtension instance.

The mode the extension is running in. SeeExtensionModefor possible values and scenarios.

The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension. Shorthandnotation forExtensionContext.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).

The uri of the directory containing the extension.

A memento object that stores state independentof the current openedworkspace.

An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state.The directory might not exist on disk and creation isup to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

UseglobalState to store key value data.

The uri of a directory in which the extension can store global state.The directory might not exist on disk and creation isup to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

UseglobalState to store key value data.

See alsoworkspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.

An object that keeps information about how this extension can use language models.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.sendRequest

An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files.The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However,the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

  • deprecated - UselogUri instead.

The uri of a directory in which the extension can create log files.The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However,the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

See alsoworkspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.

A secret storage object that stores state independentof the current openedworkspace.

An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extensioncan store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation isup to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.

UseworkspaceState orglobalState to store key value data.

The uri of a workspace specific directory in which the extensioncan store private state. The directory might not exist and creation isup to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.The value isundefined when no workspace nor folder has been opened.

UseworkspaceState orglobalState to store key value data.

See alsoworkspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from a uri.

An array to which disposables can be added. When thisextension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed.

Note that asynchronous dispose-functions aren't awaited.

A memento object that stores state in the contextof the currently openedworkspace.

Methods

Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension.

Note that an absolute uri can be constructed viaUri.joinPath andextensionUri, e.g.vscode.Uri.joinPath(context.extensionUri, relativePath);

ParameterDescription
relativePath:string

A relative path to a resource contained in the extension.

ReturnsDescription
string

The absolute path of the resource.

ExtensionKind

In a remote window the extension kind describes if an extensionruns where the UI (window) runs or if an extension runs remotely.

Enumeration Members

Extension runs where the UI runs.

Extension runs where the remote extension host runs.

ExtensionMode

The ExtensionMode is provided on theExtensionContext and indicates themode the specific extension is running in.

Enumeration Members

The extension is installed normally (for example, from the marketplaceor VSIX) in the editor.

The extension is running from an--extensionDevelopmentPath providedwhen launching the editor.

The extension is running from an--extensionTestsPath andthe extension host is running unit tests.

ExtensionTerminalOptions

Value-object describing what options a virtual process terminal should use.

Properties

The iconThemeColor for the terminal.The standardterminal.ansi* theme keys arerecommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.

The icon path orThemeIcon for the terminal.

Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.This will only take effect whenterminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions is enabled.

A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

An implementation ofPseudoterminal that allows an extension tocontrol a terminal.

FileChangeEvent

The event filesystem providers must use to signal a file change.

Properties

The type of change.

The uri of the file that has changed.

FileChangeType

Enumeration of file change types.

Enumeration Members

The contents or metadata of a file have changed.

A file has been created.

A file has been deleted.

FileCoverage

Contains coverage metadata for a file.

Static

Creates aFileCoverage instance with counts filled in fromthe coverage details.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Covered file URI

details:readonlyFileCoverageDetail[]
ReturnsDescription
FileCoverage

Constructors

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Covered file URI

statementCoverage:TestCoverageCount

Statement coverage information. If the reporterdoes not provide statement coverage information, this can instead beused to represent line coverage.

branchCoverage?:TestCoverageCount

Branch coverage information

declarationCoverage?:TestCoverageCount

Declaration coverage information

includesTests?:TestItem[]

Test cases included in this coverage report, seeFileCoverage.includesTests

ReturnsDescription
FileCoverage

Properties

Branch coverage information.

Declaration coverage information. Depending on the reporter andlanguage, this may be types such as functions, methods, or namespaces.

A list oftest cases that generated coverage in thisfile. If set, thenTestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverageForTestshould also be defined in order to retrieve detailed coverage information.

Statement coverage information. If the reporter does not provide statementcoverage information, this can instead be used to represent line coverage.

File URI.

FileCoverageDetail

Coverage details returned fromTestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage.

FileCreateEvent

An event that is fired after files are created.

Properties

The files that got created.

FileDecoration

A file decoration represents metadata that can be rendered with a file.

Constructors

Creates a new decoration.

ParameterDescription
badge?:string

A letter that represents the decoration.

tooltip?:string

The tooltip of the decoration.

color?:ThemeColor

The color of the decoration.

ReturnsDescription
FileDecoration

Properties

A very short string that represents this decoration.

The color of this decoration.

A flag expressing that this decoration should bepropagated to its parents.

A human-readable tooltip for this decoration.

FileDecorationProvider

The decoration provider interfaces defines the contract between extensions andfile decorations.

Events

An optional event to signal that decorations for one or many files have changed.

Note that this event should be used to propagate information about children.

See alsoEventEmitter

Methods

Provide decorations for a given uri.

Note that this function is only called when a file gets rendered in the UI.This means a decoration from a descendent that propagates upwards must be signaledto the editor via theonDidChangeFileDecorations-event.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file to provide a decoration for.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<FileDecoration>

A decoration or a thenable that resolves to such.

FileDeleteEvent

An event that is fired after files are deleted.

Properties

The files that got deleted.

FilePermission

Permissions of a file.

Enumeration Members

The file is readonly.

Note: AllFileStat from aFileSystemProvider that is registered withthe optionisReadonly: true will be implicitly handled as ifFilePermission.Readonlyis set. As a consequence, it is not possible to have a readonly file system providerregistered where someFileStat are not readonly.

FileRenameEvent

An event that is fired after files are renamed.

Properties

The files that got renamed.

FileStat

TheFileStat-type represents metadata about a file

Properties

The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.

The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.

Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updatedmtime that advancedfrom the previous value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not showthe updated file contents in an editor for example.

The permissions of the file, e.g. whether the file is readonly.

Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g.FilePermission.Readonly | FilePermission.Other.

The size in bytes.

Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updatedsize. Otherwise theremay be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor forexample.

The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic linkto a file.

Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g.FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink.

FileSystem

The file system interface exposes the editor's built-in and contributedfile system providers. It allows extensions to workwith files from the local disk as well as files from remote places, like theremote extension host or ftp-servers.

Note that an instance of this interface is available asworkspace.fs.

Methods

Copy files or folders.

ParameterDescription
source:Uri

The existing file.

target:Uri

The destination location.

options?:{overwrite:boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created viawrite-calls).

Note that missing directories are created automatically, e.g this call hasmkdirp semantics.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the new folder.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Delete a file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The resource that is to be deleted.

options?:{recursive:boolean, useTrash:boolean}

Defines if trash can should be used and if deletion of folders is recursive

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Check if a given file system supports writing files.

Keep in mind that just because a file system supports writing, that doesnot mean that writes will always succeed. There may be permissions issuesor other errors that prevent writing a file.

ParameterDescription
scheme:string

The scheme of the filesystem, for examplefile orgit.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the file system supports writing,false if it does notsupport writing (i.e. it is readonly), andundefined if the editor does notknow about the filesystem.

Retrieve all entries of adirectory.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the folder.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Array<[string,FileType]>>

An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such.

Read the entire contents of a file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

Rename a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
source:Uri

The existing file.

target:Uri

The new location.

options?:{overwrite:boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Retrieve metadata about a file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileStat>

The file metadata about the file.

Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file.

content:Uint8Array

The new content of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

FileSystemError

A type that filesystem providers should use to signal errors.

This class has factory methods for common error-cases, likeFileNotFound whena file or folder doesn't exist, use them like so:throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);

Static

Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. whencreating but not overwriting a file.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file is a folder.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy tocomplete a request.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Constructors

Creates a new filesystem error.

ParameterDescription
messageOrUri?:string |Uri

Message or uri.

ReturnsDescription
FileSystemError

Properties

A code that identifies this error.

Possible values are names of errors, likeFileNotFound,orUnknown for unspecified errors.

FileSystemProvider

The filesystem provider defines what the editor needs to read, write, discover,and to manage files and folders. It allows extensions to serve files from remote places,like ftp-servers, and to seamlessly integrate those into the editor.

  • Note 1: The filesystem provider API works withuris and assumes hierarchicalpaths, e.g.foo:/my/path is a child offoo:/my/ and a parent offoo:/my/path/deeper.
  • Note 2: There is an activation eventonFileSystem:<scheme> that fires when a fileor folder is being accessed.
  • Note 3: The word 'file' is often used to denote allkinds of files, e.g.folders, symbolic links, and regular files.

Events

An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. Thisevent should fire for resources that are beingwatchedby clients of this provider.

Note: It is important that the metadata of the file that changed provides anupdatedmtime that advanced from the previous value in thestat and acorrectsize value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not showthe change in an editor for example.

Methods

Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedupthe copy operation.

  • throws -FileNotFound when parent ofdestination doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws -FileExists whendestination exists and when theoverwrite option is nottrue.
ParameterDescription
source:Uri

The existing file.

destination:Uri

The destination location.

options:{overwrite:boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created viawrite-calls).

  • throws -FileNotFound when the parent ofuri doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the new folder.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Delete a file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The resource that is to be deleted.

options:{recursive:boolean}

Defines if deletion of folders is recursive.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Retrieve all entries of adirectory.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the folder.

ReturnsDescription
Array<[string,FileType]> |Thenable<Array<[string,FileType]>>

An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such.

Read the entire contents of a file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file.

ReturnsDescription
Uint8Array |Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

Rename a file or folder.

  • throws -FileNotFound when parent ofnewUri doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws -FileExists whennewUri exists and when theoverwrite option is nottrue.
ParameterDescription
oldUri:Uri

The existing file.

newUri:Uri

The new location.

options:{overwrite:boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Retrieve metadata about a file.

Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to.Still, theSymbolicLink-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g.FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about.

ReturnsDescription
FileStat |Thenable<FileStat>

The file metadata about the file.

Subscribes to file change events in the file or folder denoted byuri. For folders,the optionrecursive indicates whether subfolders, sub-subfolders, etc. shouldbe watched for file changes as well. Withrecursive: false, only changes to thefiles that are direct children of the folder should trigger an event.

Theexcludes array is used to indicate paths that should be excluded from filewatching. It is typically derived from thefiles.watcherExclude setting thatis configurable by the user. Each entry can be be:

  • the absolute path to exclude
  • a relative path to exclude (for examplebuild/output)
  • a simple glob pattern (for example**/build,output/**)

It is the file system provider's job to callonDidChangeFilefor every change given these rules. No event should be emitted for files that match any of the providedexcludes.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file or folder to be watched.

options:{excludes: readonlystring[], recursive:boolean}

Configures the watch.

ReturnsDescription
Disposable

A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching theuri.

Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.

  • throws -FileNotFound whenuri doesn't exist andcreate is not set.
  • throws -FileNotFound when the parent ofuri doesn't exist andcreate is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
  • throws -FileExists whenuri already exists,create is set butoverwrite is not set.
ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file.

content:Uint8Array

The new content of the file.

options:{create:boolean, overwrite:boolean}

Defines if missing files should or must be created.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

FileSystemWatcher

A file system watcher notifies about changes to files and folderson disk or from otherFileSystemProviders.

To get an instance of aFileSystemWatcher usecreateFileSystemWatcher.

Events

An event which fires on file/folder change.

An event which fires on file/folder creation.

An event which fires on file/folder deletion.

Properties

true if this file system watcher has been created such thatit ignores change file system events.

true if this file system watcher has been created such thatit ignores creation file system events.

true if this file system watcher has been created such thatit ignores delete file system events.

Methods

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

FileType

Enumeration of file types. The typesFile andDirectory can also bea symbolic links, in that case useFileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink andFileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink.

Enumeration Members

The file type is unknown.

A regular file.

A directory.

A symbolic link to a file.

FileWillCreateEvent

An event that is fired when files are going to be created.

To make modifications to the workspace before the files are created,call thewaitUntil-function with athenable that resolves to aworkspace edit.

Properties

The files that are going to be created.

A cancellation token.

Methods

Allows to pause the event and to apply aworkspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and notin an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {  // async, will *throw* an error  setTimeout(()=> event.waitUntil(promise));  // sync, OK  event.waitUntil(promise);});
ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

FileWillDeleteEvent

An event that is fired when files are going to be deleted.

To make modifications to the workspace before the files are deleted,call thewaitUntil-function with athenable that resolves to aworkspace edit.

Properties

The files that are going to be deleted.

A cancellation token.

Methods

Allows to pause the event and to apply aworkspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and notin an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {  // async, will *throw* an error  setTimeout(()=> event.waitUntil(promise));  // sync, OK  event.waitUntil(promise);});
ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

FileWillRenameEvent

An event that is fired when files are going to be renamed.

To make modifications to the workspace before the files are renamed,call thewaitUntil-function with athenable that resolves to aworkspace edit.

Properties

The files that are going to be renamed.

A cancellation token.

Methods

Allows to pause the event and to apply aworkspace edit.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and notin an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {  // async, will *throw* an error  setTimeout(()=> event.waitUntil(promise));  // sync, OK  event.waitUntil(promise);});
ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

FoldingContext

Folding context (for future use)

FoldingRange

A line based folding range. To be valid, start and end line must be bigger than zero and smaller than the number of lines in the document.Invalid ranges will be ignored.

Constructors

Creates a new folding range.

ParameterDescription
start:number

The start line of the folded range.

end:number

The end line of the folded range.

kind?:FoldingRangeKind

The kind of the folding range.

ReturnsDescription
FoldingRange

Properties

The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character.To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.

Describes theKind of the folding range such asComment orRegion. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commandslike 'Fold all comments'. SeeFoldingRangeKind for an enumeration of all kinds.If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element.

The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character.To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.

FoldingRangeKind

An enumeration of specific folding range kinds. The kind is an optional field of aFoldingRangeand is used to distinguish specific folding ranges such as ranges originated from comments. The kind is used by commands likeFold all comments orFold all regions.If the kind is not set on the range, the range originated from a syntax element other than comments, imports or region markers.

Enumeration Members

Kind for folding range representing a comment.

Kind for folding range representing a import.

Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like#region and#endregion.

FoldingRangeProvider

The folding range provider interface defines the contract between extensions andFolding in the editor.

Events

An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.

Methods

Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the providerdoes not want to participate or was cancelled.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

context:FoldingContext

Additional context information (for future use)

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>

FormattingOptions

Value-object describing what options formatting should use.

Properties

Prefer spaces over tabs.

Size of a tab in spaces.

FunctionBreakpoint

A breakpoint specified by a function name.

Constructors

Create a new function breakpoint.

ParameterDescription
functionName:string
enabled?:boolean
condition?:string
hitCondition?:string
logMessage?:string
ReturnsDescription
FunctionBreakpoint

Properties

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

GlobalEnvironmentVariableCollection

A collection of mutations that an extension can apply to a process environment. Applies to all scopes.

Properties

A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe thechanges in the UI.

Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminalacross window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when thewindow reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. Thecollection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collectionis cleared. Defaults to true.

Methods

Append a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to append to.

value:string

The value to append to the variable.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Clears all mutators from this collection.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to delete the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each mutator in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback:(variable:string, mutator:EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection:EnvironmentVariableCollection) =>any

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to get the mutator for.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableMutator

Gets scope-specific environment variable collection for the extension. This enables alterations toterminal environment variables solely within the designated scope, and is applied in addition to (andafter) the global collection.

Each object obtained through this method is isolated and does not impact objects for other scopes,including the global collection.

ParameterDescription
scope:EnvironmentVariableScope

The scope to which the environment variable collection applies to.

If a scope parameter is omitted, collection applicable to all relevant scopes for that parameter isreturned. For instance, if the 'workspaceFolder' parameter is not specified, the collection that appliesacross all workspace folders will be returned.

ReturnsDescription
EnvironmentVariableCollection

Environment variable collection for the passed in scope.

Prepend a value to an environment variable.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to prepend.

value:string

The value to prepend to the variable.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace an environment variable with a value.

Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this willoverwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.

ParameterDescription
variable:string

The variable to replace.

value:string

The value to replace the variable with.

options?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions

Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this willdefault to{ applyAtProcessCreation: true }.

ReturnsDescription
void

GlobPattern

A file glob pattern to match file paths against. This can either be a glob pattern string(like**/*.{ts,js} or*.{ts,js}) or arelative pattern.

Glob patterns can have the following syntax:

  • * to match zero or more characters in a path segment
  • ? to match on one character in a path segment
  • ** to match any number of path segments, including none
  • {} to group conditions (e.g.**/*.{ts,js} matches all TypeScript and JavaScript files)
  • [] to declare a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g.,example.[0-9] to match onexample.0,example.1, …)
  • [!...] to negate a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g.,example.[!0-9] to match onexample.a,example.b, but notexample.0)

Note: a backslash (``) is not valid within a glob pattern. If you have an existing filepath to match against, consider to use therelative pattern supportthat takes care of converting any backslash into slash. Otherwise, make sure to convertany backslash to slash when creating the glob pattern.

Hover

A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers arerendered in a tooltip-like widget.

Constructors

Creates a new hover object.

ParameterDescription
contents:MarkdownString |MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString |MarkedString>

The contents of the hover.

range?:Range

The range to which the hover applies.

ReturnsDescription
Hover

Properties

The contents of this hover.

The range to which this hover applies. When missing, theeditor will use the range at the current position or thecurrent position itself.

HoverProvider

The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthehover-feature.

Methods

Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the sameposition will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaultsto the word range at the position when omitted.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Hover>

A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

IconPath

Represents an icon in the UI. This is either an uri, separate uris for the light- and dark-themes,or atheme icon.

ImplementationProvider

The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe go to implementation feature.

Methods

Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition |LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

IndentAction

Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter.

Enumeration Members

Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.

Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).

Insert two new lines:

  • the first one indented which will hold the cursor
  • the second one at the same indentation level

Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).

IndentationRule

Describes indentation rules for a language.

Properties

If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).

If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).

If a line matches this pattern, thenonly the next line after it should be indented once.

If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.

InlayHint

Inlay hint information.

Constructors

Creates a new inlay hint.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

The position of the hint.

label:string |InlayHintLabelPart[]

The label of the hint.

kind?:InlayHintKind

Thekind of the hint.

ReturnsDescription
InlayHint

Properties

The kind of this hint. The inlay hint kind defines the appearance of this inlay hint.

The label of this hint. A human readable string or an array oflabel parts.

Note that neither the string nor the label part can be empty.

Render padding before the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color,not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visuallyalign/separate an inlay hint.

Render padding after the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color,not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visuallyalign/separate an inlay hint.

The position of this hint.

Optionaltext edits that are performed when accepting this inlay hint. The defaultgesture for accepting an inlay hint is the double click.

Note that edits are expected to change the document so that the inlay hint (or its nearest variant) isnow part of the document and the inlay hint itself is now obsolete.

Note that this property can be set late duringresolving of inlay hints.

The tooltip text when you hover over this item.

Note that this property can be set late duringresolving of inlay hints.

InlayHintKind

Inlay hint kinds.

The kind of an inline hint defines its appearance, e.g the corresponding foreground and background colors are beingused.

Enumeration Members

An inlay hint that is for a type annotation.

An inlay hint that is for a parameter.

InlayHintLabelPart

An inlay hint label part allows for interactive and composite labels of inlay hints.

Constructors

Creates a new inlay hint label part.

ParameterDescription
value:string

The value of the part.

ReturnsDescription
InlayHintLabelPart

Properties

An optional command for this label part.

The editor renders parts with commands as clickable links. The command is added to the context menuwhen a label part defineslocation andcommand .

Note that this property can be set late duringresolving of inlay hints.

An optionalsource code location that represents this labelpart.

The editor will use this location for the hover and for code navigation features: Thispart will become a clickable link that resolves to the definition of the symbol at thegiven location (not necessarily the location itself), it shows the hover that shows atthe given location, and it shows a context menu with further code navigation commands.

Note that this property can be set late duringresolving of inlay hints.

The tooltip text when you hover over this label part.

Note that this property can be set late duringresolving of inlay hints.

The value of this label part.

InlayHintsProvider<T>

The inlay hints provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe inlay hints feature.

Events

An optional event to signal that inlay hints from this provider have changed.

Methods

Provide inlay hints for the given range and document.

Note that inlay hints that are notcontained by the given range are ignored.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

range:Range

The range for which inlay hints should be computed.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of inlay hints or a thenable that resolves to such.

Given an inlay hint fill intooltip,text edits,or complete labelparts.

Note that the editor will resolve an inlay hint at most once.

ParameterDescription
hint:T

An inlay hint.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved inlay hint or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the givenitem. When no result is returned, the givenitem will be used.

InlineCompletionContext

Provides information about the context in which an inline completion was requested.

Properties

Provides information about the currently selected item in the autocomplete widget if it is visible.

If set, provided inline completions must extend the text of the selected itemand use the same range, otherwise they are not shown as preview.As an example, if the document text isconsole. and the selected item is.log replacing the. in the document,the inline completion must also replace. and start with.log, for example.log().

Inline completion providers are requested again whenever the selected item changes.

Describes how the inline completion was triggered.

InlineCompletionItem

An inline completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed inline to complete text that is being typed.

See alsoInlineCompletionItemProvider.provideInlineCompletionItems

Constructors

Creates a new inline completion item.

ParameterDescription
insertText:string |SnippetString

The text to replace the range with.

range?:Range

The range to replace. If not set, the word at the requested position will be used.

command?:Command

An optionalCommand that is executedafter inserting this completion.

ReturnsDescription
InlineCompletionItem

Properties

An optionalCommand that is executedafter inserting this completion.

A text that is used to decide if this inline completion should be shown. WhenfalsytheInlineCompletionItem.insertText is used.

An inline completion is shown if the text to replace is a prefix of the filter text.

The text to replace the range with. Must be set.Is used both for the preview and the accept operation.

The range to replace.Must begin and end on the same line.

Prefer replacements over insertions to provide a better experience when the user deletes typed text.

InlineCompletionItemProvider

The inline completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe inline completion feature.

Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or implicitly when typing.

Methods

Provides inline completion items for the given position and document.If inline completions are enabled, this method will be called whenever the user stopped typing.It will also be called when the user explicitly triggers inline completions or explicitly asks for the next or previous inline completion.In that case, all available inline completions should be returned.context.triggerKind can be used to distinguish between these scenarios.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document inline completions are requested for.

position:Position

The position inline completions are requested for.

context:InlineCompletionContext

A context object with additional information.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<InlineCompletionList |InlineCompletionItem[]>

An array of completion items or a thenable that resolves to an array of completion items.

InlineCompletionList

Represents a collection ofinline completion items to be presentedin the editor.

Constructors

Creates a new list of inline completion items.

ParameterDescription
items:InlineCompletionItem[]
ReturnsDescription
InlineCompletionList

Properties

The inline completion items.

InlineCompletionTriggerKind

Describes how aninline completion provider was triggered.

Enumeration Members

Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture.Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.

Completion was triggered automatically while editing.It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.

InlineValue

Inline value information can be provided by different means:

  • directly as a text value (class InlineValueText).
  • as a name to use for a variable lookup (class InlineValueVariableLookup)
  • as an evaluatable expression (class InlineValueEvaluatableExpression)The InlineValue types combines all inline value types into one type.

InlineValueContext

A value-object that contains contextual information when requesting inline values from a InlineValuesProvider.

Properties

The stack frame (as a DAP Id) where the execution has stopped.

The document range where execution has stopped.Typically the end position of the range denotes the line where the inline values are shown.

InlineValueEvaluatableExpression

Provide an inline value through an expression evaluation.If only a range is specified, the expression will be extracted from the underlying document.An optional expression can be used to override the extracted expression.

Constructors

Creates a new InlineValueEvaluatableExpression object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted.

expression?:string

If specified overrides the extracted expression.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueEvaluatableExpression

Properties

If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression.

The document range for which the inline value applies.The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document.

InlineValuesProvider

The inline values provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the editor's debugger inline values feature.In this contract the provider returns inline value information for a given document rangeand the editor shows this information in the editor at the end of lines.

Events

An optional event to signal that inline values have changed.

See alsoEventEmitter

Methods

Provide "inline value" information for a given document and range.The editor calls this method whenever debugging stops in the given document.The returned inline values information is rendered in the editor at the end of lines.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document for which the inline values information is needed.

viewPort:Range

The visible document range for which inline values should be computed.

context:InlineValueContext

A bag containing contextual information like the current location.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<InlineValue[]>

An array of InlineValueDescriptors or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

InlineValueText

Provide inline value as text.

Constructors

Creates a new InlineValueText object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The document line where to show the inline value.

text:string

The value to be shown for the line.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueText

Properties

The document range for which the inline value applies.

The text of the inline value.

InlineValueVariableLookup

Provide inline value through a variable lookup.If only a range is specified, the variable name will be extracted from the underlying document.An optional variable name can be used to override the extracted name.

Constructors

Creates a new InlineValueVariableLookup object.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The document line where to show the inline value.

variableName?:string

The name of the variable to look up.

caseSensitiveLookup?:boolean

How to perform the lookup. If missing lookup is case sensitive.

ReturnsDescription
InlineValueVariableLookup

Properties

How to perform the lookup.

The document range for which the inline value applies.The range is used to extract the variable name from the underlying document.

If specified the name of the variable to look up.

InputBox

A concreteQuickInput to let the user input a text value.

Note that in many cases the more convenientwindow.showInputBoxis easier to use.window.createInputBox should be usedwhenwindow.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.

Events

An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value.

An event signaling when the value has changed.

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden andthe extension will be notified throughQuickInput.onDidHide.(Examples include: an explicit call toQuickInput.hide,the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)

An event signaling when a button was triggered.

Properties

If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validatinguser input.

Buttons for actions in the UI.

If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input orloading data for the next step in user input.

If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

If the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false.

Optional placeholder shown when no value has been input.

An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user.

An optional current step count.

An optional title.

An optional total step count.

An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value.By returning a string, the InputBox will use a defaultInputBoxValidationSeverity of Error.Returning undefined clears the validation message.

Current input value.

Selection range in the input value. Defined as tuple of two number where thefirst is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. Whenundefined the wholepre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,otherwise the defined range will be selected.

This property does not get updated when the user types or makes a selection,but it can be updated by the extension.

Methods

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is stillvisible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longerfunctional and no additional methods or properties on it should beaccessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI. This will also fire anQuickInput.onDidHideevent.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other inputUI will first fire anQuickInput.onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

InputBoxOptions

Options to configure the behavior of the input box UI.

Properties

Set totrue to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Controls if a password input is shown. Password input hides the typed text.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to type.

The text to display underneath the input box.

An optional string that represents the title of the input box.

The value to pre-fill in the input box.

Selection of the pre-filledvalue. Defined as tuple of two number where thefirst is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. Whenundefined the wholepre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,otherwise the defined range will be selected.

Methods

An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hintto the user.

ParameterDescription
value:string

The current value of the input box.

ReturnsDescription
string |InputBoxValidationMessage |Thenable<string |InputBoxValidationMessage>

Either a human-readable string which is presented as an error message or anInputBoxValidationMessage which can provide a specific message severity. Returnundefined,null, or the empty string when 'value' is valid.

InputBoxValidationMessage

Object to configure the behavior of the validation message.

Properties

The validation message to display.

The severity of the validation message.NOTE: When usingInputBoxValidationSeverity.Error, the user will not be allowed to accept (hit ENTER) the input.Info andWarning will still allow the InputBox to accept the input.

InputBoxValidationSeverity

The severity level for input box validation.

Enumeration Members

Informational severity level.

Warning severity level.

Error severity level.

LanguageConfiguration

The language configuration interfaces defines the contract between extensionsand various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc.

Properties

Deprecated Do not use.

  • deprecated - * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
ParameterDescription
autoClosingPairs: Array<{close:string, notIn:string[], open:string}>
  • deprecated

Deprecated Do not use.

  • deprecated - Will be replaced by a better API soon.
ParameterDescription
brackets:any

This property is deprecated and will beignored fromthe editor.

  • deprecated
docComment: {close:string, lineStart:string, open:string, scope:string}

This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore bythe editor (scope and lineStart are ignored).Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.

  • deprecated

The language's auto closing pairs.

The language's brackets.This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.

The language's comment settings.

The language's indentation settings.

The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.

The language's word definition.If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferableto provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators.e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):

/(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>/\?\s]+)/g

LanguageModelAccessInformation

Represents extension specific information about the access to language models.

Events

An event that fires when access information changes.

Methods

Checks if a request can be made to a language model.

Note that calling this function will not trigger a consent UI but just checks for a persisted state.

ParameterDescription
chat:LanguageModelChat

A language model chat object.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if a request can be made,false if not,undefined if the languagemodel does not exist or consent hasn't been asked for.

LanguageModelChat

Represents a language model for making chat requests.

See alsolm.selectChatModels

Properties

Opaque family-name of the language model. Values might begpt-3.5-turbo,gpt4,phi2, orllamabut they are defined by extensions contributing languages and subject to change.

Opaque identifier of the language model.

The maximum number of tokens that can be sent to the model in a single request.

Human-readable name of the language model.

A well-known identifier of the vendor of the language model. An example iscopilot, butvalues are defined by extensions contributing chat models and need to be looked up with them.

Opaque version string of the model. This is defined by the extension contributing the language modeland subject to change.

Methods

Count the number of tokens in a message using the model specific tokenizer-logic.

ParameterDescription
text:string |LanguageModelChatMessage

A string or a message instance.

token?:CancellationToken

Optional cancellation token. SeeCancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<number>

A thenable that resolves to the number of tokens.

Make a chat request using a language model.

Note that language model use may be subject to access restrictions and user consent. Calling this functionfor the first time (for an extension) will show a consent dialog to the user and because of that this functionmustonly be called in response to a user action! Extensions can useLanguageModelAccessInformation.canSendRequestto check if they have the necessary permissions to make a request.

This function will return a rejected promise if making a request to the language model is notpossible. Reasons for this can be:

  • user consent not given, seeNoPermissions
  • model does not exist anymore, seeNotFound
  • quota limits exceeded, seeBlocked
  • other issues in which case extension must check [LanguageModelError.causeLanguageModelError.cause](#LanguageModelError.causeLanguageModelError.cause)

An extension can make use of language model tool calling by passing a set of tools toLanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools. The language model will return aLanguageModelToolCallPart andthe extension can invoke the tool and make another request with the result.

ParameterDescription
messages:LanguageModelChatMessage[]

An array of message instances.

options?:LanguageModelChatRequestOptions

Options that control the request.

token?:CancellationToken

A cancellation token which controls the request. SeeCancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<LanguageModelChatResponse>

A thenable that resolves to aLanguageModelChatResponse. The promise will reject when the request couldn't be made.

LanguageModelChatMessage

Represents a message in a chat. Can assume different roles, like user or assistant.

Static

Utility to create a new assistant message.

ParameterDescription
content:string | Array<LanguageModelTextPart |LanguageModelToolCallPart>

The content of the message.

name?:string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

Utility to create a new user message.

ParameterDescription
content:string | Array<LanguageModelTextPart |LanguageModelToolResultPart>

The content of the message.

name?:string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

Constructors

Create a new user message.

ParameterDescription
role:LanguageModelChatMessageRole

The role of the message.

content:string | Array<LanguageModelTextPart |LanguageModelToolResultPart |LanguageModelToolCallPart>

The content of the message.

name?:string

The optional name of a user for the message.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelChatMessage

Properties

A string or heterogeneous array of things that a message can contain as content. Some parts may be message-typespecific for some models.

The optional name of a user for this message.

The role of this message.

LanguageModelChatMessageRole

Represents the role of a chat message. This is either the user or the assistant.

Enumeration Members

The user role, e.g the human interacting with a language model.

The assistant role, e.g. the language model generating responses.

LanguageModelChatRequestOptions

Options for making a chat request using a language model.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.sendRequest

Properties

A human-readable message that explains why access to a language model is needed and what feature is enabled by it.

A set of options that control the behavior of the language model. These options are specific to the language modeland need to be looked up in the respective documentation.

The tool-selecting mode to use.LanguageModelChatToolMode.Auto by default.

An optional list of tools that are available to the language model. These could be registered tools available vialm.tools, or private tools that are just implemented within the calling extension.

If the LLM requests to call one of these tools, it will return aLanguageModelToolCallPart inLanguageModelChatResponse.stream. It's the caller's responsibility to invoke the tool. If it's a toolregistered inlm.tools, that means callinglm.invokeTool.

Then, the tool result can be provided to the LLM by creating an Assistant-typeLanguageModelChatMessage with aLanguageModelToolCallPart, followed by a User-type message with aLanguageModelToolResultPart.

LanguageModelChatResponse

Represents a language model response.

See alsoChatRequest

Properties

An async iterable that is a stream of text and tool-call parts forming the overall response. ALanguageModelTextPart is part of the assistant's response to be shown to the user. ALanguageModelToolCallPart is a request from the language model to call a tool. The latter willonly be returned if tools were passed in the request viaLanguageModelChatRequestOptions.tools. Theunknown-type is used as a placeholder for future parts, like image data parts.

Note that this stream will error when during data receiving an error occurs. Consumers of the stream should handlethe errors accordingly.

To cancel the stream, the consumer cancancel the token that was used to makethe request or break from the for-loop.

Example

try {  // consume stream  for await (const chunk of response.stream) {    if (chunk instanceof LanguageModelTextPart) {      console.log('TEXT',chunk);    }else if (chunk instanceof LanguageModelToolCallPart) {      console.log('TOOL CALL',chunk);    }  }}catch (e) {  // stream ended with an error  console.error(e);}

This is equivalent to filtering everything except for text parts from aLanguageModelChatResponse.stream.

See alsoLanguageModelChatResponse.stream

LanguageModelChatSelector

Describes how to select language models for chat requests.

See alsolm.selectChatModels

Properties

A family of language models.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.family

The identifier of a language model.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.id

A vendor of language models.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.vendor

The version of a language model.

See alsoLanguageModelChat.version

LanguageModelChatTool

A tool that is available to the language model viaLanguageModelChatRequestOptions. A language model uses all theproperties of this interface to decide which tool to call, and how to call it.

Properties

The description of the tool.

A JSON schema for the input this tool accepts.

The name of the tool.

LanguageModelChatToolMode

A tool-calling mode for the language model to use.

Enumeration Members

The language model can choose to call a tool or generate a message. Is the default.

The language model must call one of the provided tools. Note- some models only support a single tool when using thismode.

LanguageModelError

An error type for language model specific errors.

Consumers of language models should check the code property to determine specificfailure causes, likeif(someError.code === vscode.LanguageModelError.NotFound.name) {...}for the case of referring to an unknown language model. For unspecified errors thecause-propertywill contain the actual error.

Static

The requestor is blocked from using this language model.

ParameterDescription
message?:string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

The requestor does not have permissions to use thislanguage model

ParameterDescription
message?:string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

The language model does not exist.

ParameterDescription
message?:string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

Constructors

ParameterDescription
message?:string
ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelError

Properties

A code that identifies this error.

Possible values are names of errors, likeNotFound,orUnknown for unspecified errors from the language model itself. In the latter case thecause-property will contain the actual error.

LanguageModelPromptTsxPart

A language model response part containing a PromptElementJSON fromvscode/prompt-tsx.

See alsoLanguageModelToolResult

Constructors

Construct a prompt-tsx part with the given content.

ParameterDescription
value:unknown

The value of the part, the result ofrenderPromptElementJSON fromvscode/prompt-tsx.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelPromptTsxPart

Properties

The value of the part.

LanguageModelTextPart

A language model response part containing a piece of text, returned from aLanguageModelChatResponse.

Constructors

Construct a text part with the given content.

ParameterDescription
value:string

The text content of the part.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelTextPart

Properties

The text content of the part.

LanguageModelTool<T>

A tool that can be invoked by a call to aLanguageModelChat.

Methods

Invoke the tool with the given input and return a result.

The providedLanguageModelToolInvocationOptions.input has been validated against the declared schema.

Called once before a tool is invoked. It's recommended to implement this to customize the progress message that appearswhile the tool is running, and to provide a more useful message with context from the invocation input. Can alsosignal that a tool needs user confirmation before running, if appropriate.

  • Note 1: Must be free of side-effects.
  • Note 2: A call toprepareInvocation is not necessarily followed by a call toinvoke.

LanguageModelToolCallPart

A language model response part indicating a tool call, returned from aLanguageModelChatResponse, and also can beincluded as a content part on aLanguageModelChatMessage, to represent a previous tool call in a chat request.

Constructors

Create a new LanguageModelToolCallPart.

ParameterDescription
callId:string

The ID of the tool call.

name:string

The name of the tool to call.

input:object

The input with which to call the tool.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolCallPart

Properties

The ID of the tool call. This is a unique identifier for the tool call within the chat request.

The input with which to call the tool.

The name of the tool to call.

LanguageModelToolConfirmationMessages

When this is returned inPreparedToolInvocation, the user will be asked to confirm before running the tool. Thesemessages will be shown with buttons that say "Continue" and "Cancel".

Properties

The body of the confirmation message.

The title of the confirmation message.

LanguageModelToolInformation

Information about a registered tool available inlm.tools.

Properties

A description of this tool that may be passed to a language model.

A JSON schema for the input this tool accepts.

A unique name for the tool.

A set of tags, declared by the tool, that roughly describe the tool's capabilities. A tool user may use these to filterthe set of tools to just ones that are relevant for the task at hand.

LanguageModelToolInvocationOptions<T>

Options provided for tool invocation.

Properties

The input with which to invoke the tool. The input must match the schema defined inLanguageModelToolInformation.inputSchema

Options to hint at how many tokens the tool should return in its response, and enable the tool to count tokensaccurately.

An opaque object that ties a tool invocation to a chat request from achat participant.

Theonly way to get a valid tool invocation token is using the providedtoolInvocationTokenfrom a chat request. In that case, a progress bar will be automatically shown for the tool invocation in the chat response view, and ifthe tool requires user confirmation, it will show up inline in the chat view.

If the tool is being invoked outside of a chat request,undefined should be passed instead, and no special UI except forconfirmations will be shown.

Note that a tool that invokes another tool during its invocation, can pass along thetoolInvocationToken that it received.

LanguageModelToolInvocationPrepareOptions<T>

Properties

The input that the tool is being invoked with.

LanguageModelToolResult

A result returned from a tool invocation. If usingvscode/prompt-tsx, this result may be rendered using aToolResult.

Constructors

Create a LanguageModelToolResult

ParameterDescription
content:Array<LanguageModelTextPart |LanguageModelPromptTsxPart>

A list of tool result content parts

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolResult

Properties

A list of tool result content parts. Includesunknown because this list may be extended with new content types inthe future.

See alsolm.invokeTool.

LanguageModelToolResultPart

The result of a tool call. This is the counterpart of atool call andit can only be included in the content of a User message

Constructors

ParameterDescription
callId:string

The ID of the tool call.

content:unknown[]

The content of the tool result.

ReturnsDescription
LanguageModelToolResultPart

Properties

The ID of the tool call.

Note that this should match thecallId of a tool call part.

The value of the tool result.

LanguageModelToolTokenizationOptions

Options related to tokenization for a tool invocation.

Properties

If known, the maximum number of tokens the tool should emit in its result.

Methods

Count the number of tokens in a message using the model specific tokenizer-logic.

ParameterDescription
text:string

A string.

token?:CancellationToken

Optional cancellation token. SeeCancellationTokenSource for how to create one.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<number>

A thenable that resolves to the number of tokens.

LanguageStatusItem

A language status item is the preferred way to present language status reports for the active text editors,such as selected linter or notifying about a configuration problem.

Properties

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item

Controls whether the item is shown as "busy". Defaults tofalse.

Acommand for this item.

Optional, human-readable details for this item.

The identifier of this item.

The short name of this item, like 'Java Language Status', etc.

Aselector that defines for what editorsthis item shows.

The severity of this item.

Defaults toinformation. You can use this property tosignal to users that there is a problem that needs attention, like a missing executable or aninvalid configuration.

The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:

My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.

Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIconicon set, e.g.light-bulb,thumbsup,zap etc.

Methods

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

LanguageStatusSeverity

Represents the severity level of a language status.

Enumeration Members

Informational severity level.

Warning severity level.

Error severity level.

LinkedEditingRangeProvider

The linked editing range provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe linked editing feature.

Methods

For a given position in a document, returns the range of the symbol at the position and all rangesthat have the same content. A change to one of the ranges can be applied to all other ranges if the new contentis valid. An optional word pattern can be returned with the result to describe valid contents.If no result-specific word pattern is provided, the word pattern from the language configuration is used.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the provider was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the provider was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges>

A list of ranges that can be edited together

LinkedEditingRanges

Represents a list of ranges that can be edited together along with a word pattern to describe valid range contents.

Constructors

Create a new linked editing ranges object.

ParameterDescription
ranges:Range[]

A list of ranges that can be edited together

wordPattern?:RegExp

An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges

ReturnsDescription
LinkedEditingRanges

Properties

A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must haveidentical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap.

An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges.If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.

Location

Represents a location inside a resource, such as a lineinside a text file.

Constructors

Creates a new location object.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The resource identifier.

rangeOrPosition:Range |Position

The range or position. Positions will be converted to an empty range.

ReturnsDescription
Location

Properties

The document range of this location.

The resource identifier of this location.

LocationLink

Represents the connection of two locations. Provides additional metadata over normallocations,including an origin range.

Properties

Span of the origin of this link.

Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range atthe definition position.

The full target range of this link.

The span of this link.

The target resource identifier of this link.

LogLevel

Log levels

Enumeration Members

No messages are logged with this level.

All messages are logged with this level.

Messages with debug and higher log level are logged with this level.

Messages with info and higher log level are logged with this level.

Messages with warning and higher log level are logged with this level.

Only error messages are logged with this level.

LogOutputChannel

A channel for containing log output.

To get an instance of aLogOutputChannel usecreateOutputChannel.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the log level of the channel changes.

Properties

The current log level of the channel. Defaults toeditor log level.

The human-readable name of this output channel.

Methods

Append the given value to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed characterto the channel.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes all output from the channel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given debug message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to displaydebug log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message:string

debug message to log

...args:any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given error or error message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to displayerror log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
error:string |Error

Error or error message to log

...args:any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide this channel from the UI.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given information message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to displayinfo log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message:string

info message to log

...args:any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

  • deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void).
ParameterDescription
column?:ViewColumn

This argument isdeprecated and will be ignored.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given trace message to the channel. Use this method to log verbose information.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to displaytrace log level.

ParameterDescription
message:string

trace message to log

...args:any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

Outputs the given warning message to the channel.

The message is only logged if the channel is configured to displaywarning log level or lower.

ParameterDescription
message:string

warning message to log

...args:any[]
ReturnsDescription
void

MarkdownString

Human-readable text that supports formatting via themarkdown syntax.

Rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax is supportedwhen thesupportThemeIcons is set totrue.

Rendering of embedded html is supported whensupportHtml is set totrue.

Constructors

Creates a new markdown string with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value?:string

Optional, initial value.

supportThemeIcons?:boolean

Optional, Specifies whetherThemeIcons are supported within theMarkdownString.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

Properties

Uri that relative paths are resolved relative to.

If thebaseUri ends with/, it is considered a directory and relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to that directory:

const md =new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);md.baseUri =vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/dir/');// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/dir/file.js'

If thebaseUri is a file, relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to the parent dir of that file:

const md =new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);md.baseUri =vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/otherFile.js');// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/file.js'

Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Onlytrustedmarkdown supports links that execute commands, e.g.[Run it](command:myCommandId).

Defaults tofalse (commands are disabled).

Indicates that this markdown string can contain raw html tags. Defaults tofalse.

WhensupportHtml is false, the markdown renderer will strip out any raw html tagsthat appear in the markdown text. This means you can only use markdown syntax for rendering.

WhensupportHtml is true, the markdown render will also allow a safe subset of html tagsand attributes to be rendered. Seehttps://github.com/microsoft/vscode/blob/6d2920473c6f13759c978dd89104c4270a83422d/src/vs/base/browser/markdownRenderer.ts#L296for a list of all supported tags and attributes.

Indicates that this markdown string can containThemeIcons, e.g.$(zap).

The markdown string.

Methods

Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A code snippet.

language?:string
ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string. WhensupportThemeIcons istrue,ThemeIcons in thevalue will be iconified.

ParameterDescription
value:string

Markdown string.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string.

ParameterDescription
value:string

Plain text.

ReturnsDescription
MarkdownString

MarkedString

MarkedString can be used to render human-readable text. It is either a markdown stringor a code-block that provides a language and a code snippet. Note thatmarkdown strings will be sanitized - that means html will be escaped.

  • deprecated - This type is deprecated, please useMarkdownString instead.

McpHttpServerDefinition

McpHttpServerDefinition represents an MCP server available using theStreamable HTTP transport.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
label:string

The human-readable name of the server.

uri:Uri

The URI of the server.

headers?:Record<string,string>

Optional additional heads included with each request to the server.

version?:string
ReturnsDescription
McpHttpServerDefinition

Properties

Optional additional heads included with each request to the server.

The human-readable name of the server.

The URI of the server. The editor will make a POST request to this URIto begin each session.

Optional version identification for the server. If this changes, theeditor will indicate that tools have changed and prompt to refresh them.

McpServerDefinition

Definitions that describe different types of Model Context Protocol servers,which can be returned from theMcpServerDefinitionProvider.

McpServerDefinitionProvider<T>

A type that can provide Model Context Protocol server definitions. Thisshould be registered usinglm.registerMcpServerDefinitionProviderduring extension activation.

Events

Optional event fired to signal that the set of available servers has changed.

Methods

Provides available MCP servers. The editor will call this method eagerlyto ensure the availability of servers for the language model, and soextensions should not take actions which would require userinteraction, such as authentication.

ParameterDescription
token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of MCP available MCP servers

This function will be called when the editor needs to start a MCP server.At this point, the extension may take any actions which may require userinteraction, such as authentication. Any non-readonly property of theserver may be modified, and the extension should return the resolved server.

The extension may return undefined to indicate that the servershould not be started, or throw an error. If there is a pending toolcall, the editor will cancel it and return an error message to thelanguage model.

ParameterDescription
server:T

The MCP server to resolve

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved server or thenable that resolves to such. This maybe the givenserver definition with non-readonly properties filled in.

McpStdioServerDefinition

McpStdioServerDefinition represents an MCP server available by runninga local process and operating on its stdin and stdout streams. The processwill be spawned as a child process of the extension host and by defaultwill not run in a shell environment.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
label:string

The human-readable name of the server.

command:string

The command used to start the server.

args?:string[]

Additional command-line arguments passed to the server.

env?:Record<string,string |number>

Optional additional environment information for the server.

version?:string

Optional version identification for the server.

ReturnsDescription
McpStdioServerDefinition

Properties

Additional command-line arguments passed to the server.

The command used to start the server. Node.js-based servers may useprocess.execPath to use the editor's version of Node.js to run the script.

The working directory used to start the server.

Optional additional environment information for the server. Variablesin this environment will overwrite or remove (if null) the defaultenvironment variables of the editor's extension host.

The human-readable name of the server.

Optional version identification for the server. If this changes, theeditor will indicate that tools have changed and prompt to refresh them.

Memento

A memento represents a storage utility. It can store and retrievevalues.

Methods

Return a value.

ParameterDescription
key:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
T

The stored value orundefined.

Return a value.

ParameterDescription
key:string

A string.

defaultValue:T

A value that should be returned when there is novalue (undefined) with the given key.

ReturnsDescription
T

The stored value or the defaultValue.

Returns the stored keys.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
readonlystring[]

The stored keys.

Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.

Note that usingundefined as value removes the key from the underlyingstorage.

ParameterDescription
key:string

A string.

value:any

A value. MUST not contain cyclic references.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

MessageItem

Represents an action that is shown with an information, warning, orerror message.

See also

Properties

A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggeredwhen the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESCkey).

Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages.

A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc.

MessageOptions

Options to configure the behavior of the message.

See also

Properties

Human-readable detail message that is rendered less prominent.Note that detailis only shown formodal messages.

Indicates that this message should be modal.

NotebookCell

Represents a cell of anotebook, either acode-cellormarkup-cell.

NotebookCell instances are immutable and are kept in sync for as long as they are part of their notebook.

Properties

Thetext of this cell, represented as text document.

The most recentexecution summary for this cell.

The index of this cell in itscontaining notebook. Theindex is updated when a cell is moved within its notebook. The index is-1when the cell has been removed from its notebook.

The kind of this cell.

The metadata of this cell. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

Thenotebook that contains this cell.

The outputs of this cell.

NotebookCellData

NotebookCellData is the raw representation of notebook cells. Its is part ofNotebookData.

Constructors

Create new cell data. Minimal cell data specifies its kind, its source value, and thelanguage identifier of its source.

ParameterDescription
kind:NotebookCellKind

The kind.

value:string

The source value.

languageId:string

The language identifier of the source value.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellData

Properties

The execution summary of this cell data.

Thekind of this cell data.

The language identifier of the source value of this cell data. Any value fromgetLanguages is possible.

Arbitrary metadata of this cell data. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

The outputs of this cell data.

The source value of this cell data - either source code or formatted text.

NotebookCellExecution

A NotebookCellExecution is hownotebook controller modify a notebook cell asit is executing.

When a cell execution object is created, the cell enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending) state.Whenstart(...) is called on the execution task, it enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing) state. Whenend(...) is called, it enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle) state.

Properties

Thecell for which this execution has been created.

Set and unset the order of this cell execution.

A cancellation token which will be triggered when the cell execution is canceledfrom the UI.

Note that the cancellation token will not be triggered when thecontrollerthat created this execution uses aninterrupt-handler.

Methods

Append to the output of the cell that is executing or to another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
out:NotebookCellOutput | readonlyNotebookCellOutput[]

Output that is appended to the current output.

cell?:NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to thecell ofthis execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Append output items to existing cell output.

ParameterDescription
items:NotebookCellOutputItem | readonlyNotebookCellOutputItem[]

Output items that are append to existing output.

output:NotebookCellOutput

Output object that already exists.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Clears the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
cell?:NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to thecell ofthis execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Signal that execution has ended.

ParameterDescription
success:boolean

If true, a green check is shown on the cell status bar.If false, a red X is shown.If undefined, no check or X icon is shown.

endTime?:number

The time that execution finished, in milliseconds in the Unix epoch.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.

ParameterDescription
out:NotebookCellOutput | readonlyNotebookCellOutput[]

Output that replaces the current output.

cell?:NotebookCell

Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to thecell ofthis execution.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Replace all output items of existing cell output.

ParameterDescription
items:NotebookCellOutputItem | readonlyNotebookCellOutputItem[]

Output items that replace the items of existing output.

output:NotebookCellOutput

Output object that already exists.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when the operation finished.

Signal that the execution has begun.

ParameterDescription
startTime?:number

The time that execution began, in milliseconds in the Unix epoch. Used to drive the clockthat shows for how long a cell has been running. If not given, the clock won't be shown.

ReturnsDescription
void

NotebookCellExecutionSummary

The summary of a notebook cell execution.

Properties

The order in which the execution happened.

If the execution finished successfully.

The times at which execution started and ended, as unix timestamps

ParameterDescription
endTime:number

Execution end time.

startTime:number

Execution start time.

NotebookCellKind

A notebook cell kind.

Enumeration Members

A markup-cell is formatted source that is used for display.

A code-cell is source that can beexecuted and thatproducesoutput.

NotebookCellOutput

Notebook cell output represents a result of executing a cell. It is a container type for multipleoutput items where contained items represent the same result butuse different MIME types.

Constructors

Create new notebook output.

ParameterDescription
items:NotebookCellOutputItem[]

Notebook output items.

metadata?:

Optional metadata.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutput

Properties

The output items of this output. Each item must represent the same result.Note that repeatedMIME types per output is invalid and that the editor will just pick one of them.

new vscode.NotebookCellOutput([  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hello','text/plain'),  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('<i>Hello</i>','text/html'),  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('_Hello_','text/markdown'),  vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hey','text/plain')// INVALID: repeated type, editor will pick just one]);

Arbitrary metadata for this cell output. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

NotebookCellOutputItem

One representation of anotebook output, defined by MIME type and data.

Static

Factory function to create aNotebookCellOutputItem that usesuses theapplication/vnd.code.notebook.error mime type.

ParameterDescription
value:Error

An error object.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create aNotebookCellOutputItem froma JSON object.

Note that this function is not expecting "stringified JSON" butan object that can be stringified. This function will throw an errorwhen the passed value cannot be JSON-stringified.

ParameterDescription
value:any

A JSON-stringifyable value.

mime?:string

Optional MIME type, defaults toapplication/json

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create aNotebookCellOutputItem that usesuses theapplication/vnd.code.notebook.stderr mime type.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create aNotebookCellOutputItem that usesuses theapplication/vnd.code.notebook.stdout mime type.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Factory function to create aNotebookCellOutputItem from a string.

Note that an UTF-8 encoder is used to create bytes for the string.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string.

mime?:string

Optional MIME type, defaults totext/plain.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

A new output item object.

Constructors

Create a new notebook cell output item.

ParameterDescription
data:Uint8Array

The value of the output item.

mime:string

The mime type of the output item.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellOutputItem

Properties

The data of this output item. Must always be an array of unsigned 8-bit integers.

The mime type which determines how thedata-propertyis interpreted.

Notebooks have built-in support for certain mime-types, extensions can add support for newtypes and override existing types.

NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment

Represents the alignment of status bar items.

Enumeration Members

Aligned to the left side.

Aligned to the right side.

NotebookCellStatusBarItem

A contribution to a cell's status bar

Constructors

Creates a new NotebookCellStatusBarItem.

ParameterDescription
text:string

The text to show for the item.

alignment:NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment

Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellStatusBarItem

Properties

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item.

Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.

An optionalCommand or identifier of a command to run on click.

The command must beknown.

Note that if this is aCommand object, only thecommand andargumentsare used by the editor.

The priority of the item. A higher value item will be shown more to the left.

The text to show for the item.

A tooltip to show when the item is hovered.

NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider

A provider that can contribute items to the status bar that appears below a cell's editor.

Events

An optional event to signal that statusbar items have changed. The provide method will be called again.

Methods

The provider will be called when the cell scrolls into view, when its content, outputs, language, or metadata change, and when it changes execution state.

ParameterDescription
cell:NotebookCell

The cell for which to return items.

token:CancellationToken

A token triggered if this request should be cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<NotebookCellStatusBarItem |NotebookCellStatusBarItem[]>

NotebookController

A notebook controller represents an entity that can execute notebook cells. This is often referred to as a kernel.

There can be multiple controllers and the editor will let users choose which controller to use for a certain notebook. ThenotebookType-property defines for what kind of notebooks a controller is for andtheupdateNotebookAffinity-function allows controllers to set a preferencefor specific notebook documents. When a controller has been selected itsonDidChangeSelectedNotebooks-event fires.

When a cell is being run the editor will invoke theexecuteHandler and a controlleris expected to create and finalize anotebook cell execution. However, controllers are also freeto create executions by themselves.

Events

An event that fires whenever a controller has been selected or un-selected for a notebook document.

There can be multiple controllers for a notebook and in that case a controllers needs to beselected. This is a user gestureand happens either explicitly or implicitly when interacting with a notebook for which a controller wassuggested. When possible,the editorsuggests a controller that is most likely to beselected.

Note that controller selection is persisted (by the controllersid) and restored as soon as acontroller is re-created or as a notebook isopened.

Properties

The human-readable description which is rendered less prominent.

The human-readable detail which is rendered less prominent.

The execute handler is invoked when the run gestures in the UI are selected, e.g Run Cell, Run All,Run Selection etc. The execute handler is responsible for creating and managingexecution-objects.

ParameterDescription
cells:NotebookCell[]
notebook:NotebookDocument
controller:NotebookController
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

The identifier of this notebook controller.

Note that controllers are remembered by their identifier and that extensions should usestable identifiers across sessions.

Optional interrupt handler.

By default cell execution is canceled viatokens. Cancellationtokens require that a controller can keep track of its execution so that it can cancel a specific execution at a laterpoint. Not all scenarios allow for that, eg. REPL-style controllers often work by interrupting whatever is currentlyrunning. For those cases the interrupt handler exists - it can be thought of as the equivalent ofSIGINTorControl+C in terminals.

Note that supportingcancellation tokens is preferred and that interrupt handlers shouldonly be used when tokens cannot be supported.

ParameterDescription
notebook:NotebookDocument
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

The human-readable label of this notebook controller.

The notebook type this controller is for.

An array of language identifiers that are supported by thiscontroller. Any language identifier fromgetLanguagesis possible. When falsy all languages are supported.

Samples:

// support JavaScript and TypeScriptmyController.supportedLanguages = ['javascript','typescript'];// support all languagesmyController.supportedLanguages =undefined;// falsymyController.supportedLanguages = [];// falsy

Whether this controller supports execution order so that theeditor can render placeholders for them.

Methods

Create a cell execution task.

Note that there can only be one execution per cell at a time and that an error is thrown ifa cell execution is created while another is still active.

This should be used in response to theexecution handlerbeing called or when cell execution has been started else, e.g when a cell was alreadyexecuting or when cell execution was triggered from another source.

ParameterDescription
cell:NotebookCell

The notebook cell for which to create the execution.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCellExecution

A notebook cell execution.

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

A controller can set affinities for specific notebook documents. This allows a controllerto be presented more prominent for some notebooks.

ParameterDescription
notebook:NotebookDocument

The notebook for which a priority is set.

affinity:NotebookControllerAffinity

A controller affinity

ReturnsDescription
void

NotebookControllerAffinity

Notebook controller affinity for notebook documents.

See alsoNotebookController.updateNotebookAffinity

Enumeration Members

Default affinity.

A controller is preferred for a notebook.

NotebookData

Raw representation of a notebook.

Extensions are responsible for creatingNotebookData so that the editorcan create aNotebookDocument.

See alsoNotebookSerializer

Constructors

Create new notebook data.

ParameterDescription
cells:NotebookCellData[]

An array of cell data.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookData

Properties

The cell data of this notebook data.

Arbitrary metadata of notebook data.

NotebookDocument

Represents a notebook which itself is a sequence ofcode or markup cells. Notebook documents arecreated fromnotebook data.

Properties

The number of cells in the notebook.

true if the notebook has been closed. A closed notebook isn't synchronized anymoreand won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.

true if there are unpersisted changes.

Is this notebook representing an untitled file which has not been saved yet.

Arbitrary metadata for this notebook. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.

The type of notebook.

The associated uri for this notebook.

Note that most notebooks use thefile-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However,not all notebooks aresaved on disk and therefore thescheme must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.

See alsoFileSystemProvider

The version number of this notebook (it will strictly increase after eachchange, including undo/redo).

Methods

Return the cell at the specified index. The index will be adjusted to the notebook.

ParameterDescription
index:number

The index of the cell to retrieve.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCell

Get the cells of this notebook. A subset can be retrieved by providinga range. The range will be adjusted to the notebook.

ParameterDescription
range?:NotebookRange

A notebook range.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookCell[]

The cells contained by the range or all cells.

Save the document. The saving will be handled by the correspondingserializer.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that will resolve to true when the documenthas been saved. Will return false if the file was not dirty or when save failed.

NotebookDocumentCellChange

Describes a change to a notebook cell.

See alsoNotebookDocumentChangeEvent

Properties

The affected cell.

The document of the cell orundefined when it did not change.

Note that you should use theonDidChangeTextDocument-eventfor detailed change information, like what edits have been performed.

The new execution summary of the cell orundefined when it did not change.

The new metadata of the cell orundefined when it did not change.

The new outputs of the cell orundefined when they did not change.

NotebookDocumentChangeEvent

An event describing a transactionalnotebook change.

Properties

An array ofcell changes.

An array of content changes describing added or removedcells.

The new metadata of the notebook orundefined when it did not change.

The affected notebook.

NotebookDocumentContentChange

Describes a structural change to a notebook document, e.g newly added and removed cells.

See alsoNotebookDocumentChangeEvent

Properties

Cells that have been added to the document.

The range at which cells have been either added or removed.

Note that no cells have beenremovedwhen this range isempty.

Cells that have been removed from the document.

NotebookDocumentContentOptions

Notebook content options define what parts of a notebook are persisted. Note

For instance, a notebook serializer can opt-out of saving outputs and in that case the editor doesn't mark anotebooks asdirty when its output has changed.

Properties

Controls if a cell metadata property change event will trigger notebook document contentchange events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If thecontent provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should beset to true.

Controls if a document metadata property change event will trigger notebook documentcontent change event and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If thecontent provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should beset to true.

Controls if output change events will trigger notebook document content change events andif it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn'tpersist the outputs in the file document, this should be set to true.

NotebookDocumentShowOptions

Represents options to configure the behavior of showing anotebook document in annotebook editor.

Properties

An optional flag that whentrue will stop thenotebook editor from taking focus.

An optional flag that controls if annotebook editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs willbe replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing. The default behaviour dependson theworkbench.editor.enablePreview-setting.

An optional selection to apply for the document in thenotebook editor.

An optional view column in which thenotebook editor should be shown.The default is theactive. Columns that do not existwill be created as needed up to the maximum ofViewColumn.Nine.UseViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currentlyactive one.

NotebookDocumentWillSaveEvent

An event that is fired when anotebook document will be saved.

To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call thewaitUntil-function with a thenablethat resolves to aworkspace edit.

Properties

Thenotebook document that will be saved.

The reason why save was triggered.

A cancellation token.

Methods

Allows to pause the event loop and to applyworkspace edit.Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. Theedits will beignored if concurrent modifications of the notebook document happened.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and notin an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillSaveNotebookDocument(event => {  // async, will *throw* an error  setTimeout(()=> event.waitUntil(promise));  // sync, OK  event.waitUntil(promise);});
ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>

A thenable that resolves toworkspace edit.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

NotebookEdit

A notebook edit represents edits that should be applied to the contents of a notebook.

Static

Utility to create an edit that deletes cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
range:NotebookRange

The range of cells to delete.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that replaces cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
index:number

The index to insert cells at.

newCells:NotebookCellData[]

The new notebook cells.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create a edit that replaces cells in a notebook.

ParameterDescription
range:NotebookRange

The range of cells to replace

newCells:NotebookCellData[]

The new notebook cells.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that update a cell's metadata.

ParameterDescription
index:number

The index of the cell to update.

newCellMetadata:

The new metadata for the cell.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Utility to create an edit that updates the notebook's metadata.

ParameterDescription
newNotebookMetadata:

The new metadata for the notebook.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Constructors

Create a new notebook edit.

ParameterDescription
range:NotebookRange

A notebook range.

newCells:NotebookCellData[]

An array of new cell data.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookEdit

Properties

Optional new metadata for the cells.

New cells being inserted. May be empty.

Optional new metadata for the notebook.

Range of the cells being edited. May be empty.

NotebookEditor

Represents a notebook editor that is attached to anotebook.Additional properties of the NotebookEditor are available in the proposedAPI, which will be finalized later.

Properties

Thenotebook document associated with this notebook editor.

The primary selection in this notebook editor.

All selections in this notebook editor.

The primary selection (or focused range) isselections[0]. When the document has no cells, the primary selection is empty{ start: 0, end: 0 };

The column in which this editor shows.

The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).

Methods

Scroll as indicated byrevealType in order to reveal the given range.

ParameterDescription
range:NotebookRange

A range.

revealType?:NotebookEditorRevealType

The scrolling strategy for revealingrange.

ReturnsDescription
void

NotebookEditorRevealType

Represents a notebook editor that is attached to anotebook.

Enumeration Members

The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.

If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport.Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.

NotebookEditorSelectionChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change in anotebook editor's selections.

Properties

Thenotebook editor for which the selections have changed.

The new value for thenotebook editor's selections.

NotebookEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change in anotebook editor's visibleRanges.

Properties

Thenotebook editor for which the visible ranges have changed.

The new value for thenotebook editor's visibleRanges.

NotebookRange

A notebook range represents an ordered pair of two cell indices.It is guaranteed that start is less than or equal to end.

Constructors

Create a new notebook range. Ifstart is notbefore or equal toend, the values will be swapped.

ParameterDescription
start:number

start index

end:number

end index.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRange

Properties

The exclusive end index of this range (zero-based).

true ifstart andend are equal.

The zero-based start index of this range.

Methods

Derive a new range for this range.

ParameterDescription
change:{end:number, start:number}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookRange

A range that reflects the given change. Will returnthis range if the changeis not changing anything.

NotebookRendererMessaging

Renderer messaging is used to communicate with a single renderer. It's returned fromnotebooks.createRendererMessaging.

Events

An event that fires when a message is received from a renderer.

Methods

Send a message to one or all renderer.

ParameterDescription
message:any

Message to send

editor?:NotebookEditor

Editor to target with the message. If not provided, themessage is sent to all renderers.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

a boolean indicating whether the message was successfullydelivered to any renderer.

NotebookSerializer

The notebook serializer enables the editor to open notebook files.

At its core the editor only knows anotebook data structure but nothow that data structure is written to a file, nor how it is read from a file. Thenotebook serializer bridges this gap by deserializing bytes into notebook data andvice versa.

Methods

Deserialize contents of a notebook file into the notebook data structure.

ParameterDescription
content:Uint8Array

Contents of a notebook file.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
NotebookData |Thenable<NotebookData>

Notebook data or a thenable that resolves to such.

Serialize notebook data into file contents.

ParameterDescription
data:NotebookData

A notebook data structure.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
Uint8Array |Thenable<Uint8Array>

An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.

OnEnterRule

Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter.

Properties

The action to execute.

This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.

This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.

This rule will only execute if the text above the current line matches this regular expression.

OnTypeFormattingEditProvider

The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthe formatting-feature.

Methods

Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.

The given position and character should hint to the providerwhat range the position to expand to, like find the matching{when} has been entered.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

ch:string

The character that has been typed.

options:FormattingOptions

Options controlling formatting.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>

A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

OpenDialogOptions

Options to configure the behaviour of a file open dialog.

  • Note 1: On Windows and Linux, a file dialog cannot be both a file selector and a folder selector, so if youset bothcanSelectFiles andcanSelectFolders totrue on these platforms, a folder selector will be shown.
  • Note 2: Explicitly settingcanSelectFiles andcanSelectFolders tofalse is futileand the editor then silently adjusts the options to select files.

Properties

Allow to select files, defaults totrue.

Allow to select folders, defaults tofalse.

Allow to select many files or folders.

The resource the dialog shows when opened.

A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label,like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:

{    'Images': ['png','jpg'],    'TypeScript': ['ts','tsx']}

A human-readable string for the open button.

Dialog title.

This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on open dialogs(for example, macOS).

OutputChannel

An output channel is a container for readonly textual information.

To get an instance of anOutputChannel usecreateOutputChannel.

Properties

The human-readable name of this output channel.

Methods

Append the given value to the channel.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Append the given value and a line feed characterto the channel.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes all output from the channel.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide this channel from the UI.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.

ParameterDescription
value:string

A string, falsy values will not be printed.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

Reveal this channel in the UI.

  • deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void).
ParameterDescription
column?:ViewColumn

This argument isdeprecated and will be ignored.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the channel will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

OverviewRulerLane

Represents different positions for rendering a decoration in anoverview ruler.The overview ruler supports three lanes.

Enumeration Members

The left lane of the overview ruler.

The center lane of the overview ruler.

The right lane of the overview ruler.

All lanes of the overview ruler.

ParameterInformation

Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter canhave a label and a doc-comment.

Constructors

Creates a new parameter information object.

ParameterDescription
label:string | [number,number]

A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label.

documentation?:string |MarkdownString

A doc string.

ReturnsDescription
ParameterInformation

Properties

The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shownin the UI but can be omitted.

The label of this signature.

Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containingsignature label.Note: A label of type string must bea substring of its containing signature information'slabel.

Position

Represents a line and character position, such asthe position of the cursor.

Position objects areimmutable. Use thewith ortranslate methods to derive new positionsfrom an existing position.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
line:number

A zero-based line value.

character:number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Position

Properties

The zero-based character value.

Character offsets are expressed using UTF-16code units.

The zero-based line value.

Methods

Compare this toother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
number

A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position,a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero whenthis and the given position are equal.

Check if this position is afterother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a greater lineor on the same line on a greater character.

Check if this position is after or equal toother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a greater lineor on the same line on a greater or equal character.

Check if this position is beforeother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a smaller lineor on the same line on a smaller character.

Check if this position is before or equal toother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if position is on a smaller lineor on the same line on a smaller or equal character.

Check if this position is equal toother.

ParameterDescription
other:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the line and character of the given position are equal tothe line and character of this position.

Create a new position relative to this position.

ParameterDescription
lineDelta?:number

Delta value for the line value, default is0.

characterDelta?:number

Delta value for the character value, default is0.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position which line and character is the sum of the current line andcharacter and the corresponding deltas.

Derived a new position relative to this position.

ParameterDescription
change:{characterDelta:number, lineDelta:number}

An object that describes a delta to this position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position that reflects the given delta. Will returnthis position if the changeis not changing anything.

Create a new position derived from this position.

ParameterDescription
line?:number

Value that should be used as line value, default is theexisting value

character?:number

Value that should be used as character value, default is theexisting value

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position where line and character are replaced by the given values.

Derived a new position from this position.

ParameterDescription
change:{character:number, line:number}

An object that describes a change to this position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A position that reflects the given change. Will returnthis position if the changeis not changing anything.

PreparedToolInvocation

The result of a call toLanguageModelTool.prepareInvocation.

Properties

The presence of this property indicates that the user should be asked to confirm before running the tool. The usershould be asked for confirmation for any tool that has a side-effect or may potentially be dangerous.

A customized progress message to show while the tool runs.

ProcessExecution

The execution of a task happens as an external processwithout shell interaction.

Constructors

Creates a process execution.

ParameterDescription
process:string

The process to start.

options?:ProcessExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started process.

ReturnsDescription
ProcessExecution

Creates a process execution.

ParameterDescription
process:string

The process to start.

args:string[]

Arguments to be passed to the process.

options?:ProcessExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started process.

ReturnsDescription
ProcessExecution

Properties

The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array.

The process options used when the process is executed.Defaults to undefined.

The process to be executed.

ProcessExecutionOptions

Options for a process execution

Properties

The current working directory of the executed program or shell.If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.

The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omittedthe parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged withthe parent process' environment.

Progress<T>

Defines a generalized way of reporting progress updates.

Methods

Report a progress update.

ParameterDescription
value:T

A progress item, like a message and/or anreport on how much work finished

ReturnsDescription
void

ProgressLocation

A location in the editor at which progress information can be shown. It depends on thelocation how progress is visually represented.

Enumeration Members

Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress barinside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress nora label to describe the operation.

Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress.Supports rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax in the progress label.

Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discreteprogress but does not support rendering of icons.

ProgressOptions

Value-object describing where and how progress should show.

Properties

Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user tocancel the long running operation. Note that currently onlyProgressLocation.Notification is supporting to show a cancelbutton.

The location at which progress should show.

A human-readable string which will be used to describe theoperation.

ProviderResult<T>

A provider result represents the values a provider, like theHoverProvider,may return. For once this is the actual result typeT, likeHover, or a thenable that resolvesto that typeT. In addition,null andundefined can be returned - either directly or from athenable.

The snippets below are all valid implementations of theHoverProvider:

let a:HoverProvider = {  provideHover(doc,pos,token):ProviderResult<Hover> {    return new Hover('Hello World');  }};let b:HoverProvider = {  provideHover(doc,pos,token):ProviderResult<Hover> {    return new Promise(resolve => {      resolve(new Hover('Hello World'));    });  }};let c:HoverProvider = {  provideHover(doc,pos,token):ProviderResult<Hover> {    return;// undefined  }};

Pseudoterminal

Defines the interface of a terminal pty, enabling extensions to control a terminal.

Events

An event that when fired allows changing the name of the terminal.

Events fired beforePseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Change the terminal name to "My new terminal".

const writeEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();const changeNameEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();const pty:vscode.Pseudoterminal = {  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,  onDidChangeName: changeNameEmitter.event,  open: ()=> changeNameEmitter.fire('My new terminal'),  close: ()=> {}};vscode.window.createTerminal({name: 'My terminal',pty });

An event that when fired will signal that the pty is closed and dispose of the terminal.

Events fired beforePseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

A number can be used to provide an exit code for the terminal. Exit codes must bepositive and a non-zero exit codes signals failure which shows a notification for aregular terminal and allows dependent tasks to proceed when used with theCustomExecution API.

Example: Exit the terminal when "y" is pressed, otherwise show a notification.

const writeEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();const closeEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<void>();const pty:vscode.Pseudoterminal = {  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,  onDidClose: closeEmitter.event,  open: ()=> writeEmitter.fire('Press y to exit successfully'),  close: ()=> {},  handleInput: data => {    if (data !=='y') {      vscode.window.showInformationMessage('Something went wrong');    }    closeEmitter.fire();  }};const terminal =vscode.window.createTerminal({name: 'Exit example',pty });terminal.show(true);

An event that when fired allows overriding thedimensions of theterminal. Note that when set, the overridden dimensions will only take effect when theyare lower than the actual dimensions of the terminal (ie. there will never be a scrollbar). Set toundefined for the terminal to go back to the regular dimensions (fit tothe size of the panel).

Events fired beforePseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Override the dimensions of a terminal to 20 columns and 10 rows

const dimensionsEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<vscode.TerminalDimensions>();const pty:vscode.Pseudoterminal = {  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,  onDidOverrideDimensions: dimensionsEmitter.event,  open: ()=> {    dimensionsEmitter.fire({      columns: 20,      rows: 10    });  },  close: ()=> {}};vscode.window.createTerminal({name: 'My terminal',pty });

An event that when fired will write data to the terminal. UnlikeTerminal.sendText which sends text to the underlying childpseudo-device (the child), this will write the text to parent pseudo-device (theterminal itself).

Note writing\n will just move the cursor down 1 row, you need to write\r as wellto move the cursor to the left-most cell.

Events fired beforePseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.

Example: Write red text to the terminal

const writeEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();const pty:vscode.Pseudoterminal = {  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,  open: ()=> writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[31mHello world\x1b[0m'),  close: ()=> {}};vscode.window.createTerminal({name: 'My terminal',pty });

Example: Move the cursor to the 10th row and 20th column and write an asterisk

writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[10;20H*');

Methods

Implement to handle when the terminal is closed by an act of the user.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle incoming keystrokes in the terminal or when an extension callsTerminal.sendText.data contains the keystrokes/text serialized intotheir corresponding VT sequence representation.

ParameterDescription
data:string

The incoming data.

Example: Echo input in the terminal. The sequence for enter (\r) is translated toCRLF to go to a new line and move the cursor to the start of the line.

const writeEmitter =new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();const pty:vscode.Pseudoterminal = {  onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,  open: ()=> {},  close: ()=> {},  handleInput: data => writeEmitter.fire(data ==='\r' ?'\r\n' :data)};vscode.window.createTerminal({name: 'Local echo',pty });
ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle when the pty is open and ready to start firing events.

ParameterDescription
initialDimensions:TerminalDimensions

The dimensions of the terminal, this will be undefined if theterminal panel has not been opened before this is called.

ReturnsDescription
void

Implement to handle when the number of rows and columns that fit into the terminal panelchanges, for example when font size changes or when the panel is resized. The initialstate of a terminal's dimensions should be treated asundefined until this is triggeredas the size of a terminal isn't known until it shows up in the user interface.

When dimensions are overridden byonDidOverrideDimensions,setDimensions willcontinue to be called with the regular panel dimensions, allowing the extension continueto react dimension changes.

ParameterDescription
dimensions:TerminalDimensions

The new dimensions.

ReturnsDescription
void

QuickDiffProvider

A quick diff provider provides auri to the original state of amodified resource. The editor will use this information to render ad'hoc diffswithin the text.

Methods

Provide aUri to the original resource of any given resource uri.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the resource open in a text editor.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Uri>

A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource.

QuickInput

A light-weight user input UI that is initially not visible. Afterconfiguring it through its properties the extension can make itvisible by callingQuickInput.show.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden andthe extension will be notified throughQuickInput.onDidHide.(Examples include: an explicit call toQuickInput.hide,the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)

A user pressing Enter or some other gesture implying acceptanceof the current state does not automatically hide this UI component.It is up to the extension to decide whether to accept the user's inputand if the UI should indeed be hidden through a call toQuickInput.hide.

When the extension no longer needs this input UI, it shouldQuickInput.dispose it to allow for freeing upany resources associated with it.

SeeQuickPick andInputBox for concrete UIs.

Events

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden andthe extension will be notified throughQuickInput.onDidHide.(Examples include: an explicit call toQuickInput.hide,the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)

Properties

If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validatinguser input.

If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input orloading data for the next step in user input.

If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

An optional current step count.

An optional title.

An optional total step count.

Methods

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is stillvisible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longerfunctional and no additional methods or properties on it should beaccessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI. This will also fire anQuickInput.onDidHideevent.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other inputUI will first fire anQuickInput.onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

QuickInputButton

Button for an action in aQuickPick orInputBox.

Properties

Icon for the button.

An optional tooltip.

QuickInputButtons

Predefined buttons forQuickPick andInputBox.

Static

A back button forQuickPick andInputBox.

When a navigation 'back' button is needed this one should be used for consistency.It comes with a predefined icon, tooltip and location.

QuickPick<T>

A concreteQuickInput to let the user pick an item from alist of items of type T. The items can be filtered through a filter text field andthere is an optioncanSelectMany to allow forselecting multiple items.

Note that in many cases the more convenientwindow.showQuickPickis easier to use.window.createQuickPick should be usedwhenwindow.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.

Events

An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s).

An event signaling when the active items have changed.

An event signaling when the selected items have changed.

An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed.

An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.

There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden andthe extension will be notified throughQuickInput.onDidHide.(Examples include: an explicit call toQuickInput.hide,the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)

An event signaling when a top level button (buttons stored inbuttons) was triggered.This event does not fire for buttons on aQuickPickItem.

An event signaling when a button in a particularQuickPickItem was triggered.This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar.

Properties

Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension.

If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.

Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validatinguser input.

Buttons for actions in the UI.

If multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false.

If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.

Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input orloading data for the next step in user input.

If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

Items to pick from. This can be read and updated by the extension.

An optional flag to maintain the scroll position of the quick pick when the quick pick items are updated. Defaults to false.

If the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false.

If the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false.

Optional placeholder shown in the filter textbox when no filter has been entered.

Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension.

An optional current step count.

An optional title.

An optional total step count.

Current value of the filter text.

Methods

Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is stillvisible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longerfunctional and no additional methods or properties on it should beaccessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hides this input UI. This will also fire anQuickInput.onDidHideevent.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other inputUI will first fire anQuickInput.onDidHide event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

QuickPickItem

Represents an item that can be selected froma list of items.

Properties

Always show this item.

Note: this property is ignored whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Separator

Optional buttons that will be rendered on this particular item. These buttons will triggeranQuickPickItemButtonEvent when clicked. Buttons are only rendered when using a quickpickcreated by thecreateQuickPick() API. Buttons are not rendered when usingtheshowQuickPick() API.

Note: this property is ignored whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Separator

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in the same line. Supports rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax.

Note: this property is ignored whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Separator

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in a separate line. Supports rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax.

Note: this property is ignored whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Separator

The icon path orThemeIcon for the QuickPickItem.

The kind of QuickPickItem that will determine how this item is rendered in the quick pick. When not specified,the default isQuickPickItemKind.Default.

A human-readable string which is rendered prominent. Supports rendering oftheme icons viathe$(<name>)-syntax.

Note: Whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Default (so a regular iteminstead of a separator), it supports rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax.

Optional flag indicating if this item is picked initially. This is only honored when usingtheshowQuickPick() API. To do the same thing withthecreateQuickPick() API, simply set theQuickPick.selectedItemsto the items you want picked initially.(Note: This is only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.)

See alsoQuickPickOptions.canPickMany

Note: this property is ignored whenkind is set toQuickPickItemKind.Separator

QuickPickItemButtonEvent<T>

An event signaling when a button in a particularQuickPickItem was triggered.This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar.

Properties

The button that was clicked.

The item that the button belongs to.

QuickPickItemKind

The kind ofquick pick item.

Enumeration Members

When aQuickPickItem has a kind ofSeparator, the item is just a visual separator and does not represent a real item.The only property that applies islabel. All other properties onQuickPickItem will be ignored and have no effect.

The defaultQuickPickItem.kind is an item that can be selected in the quick pick.

QuickPickOptions

Options to configure the behavior of the quick pick UI.

Events

An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected.

ParameterDescription
item:string |QuickPickItem
ReturnsDescription
any

Properties

An optional flag to make the picker accept multiple selections, if true the result is an array of picks.

Set totrue to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

An optional flag to include the description when filtering the picks.

An optional flag to include the detail when filtering the picks.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.

An optional string that represents the title of the quick pick.

Range

A range represents an ordered pair of two positions.It is guaranteed thatstart.isBeforeOrEqual(end)

Range objects areimmutable. Use thewith,intersection, orunion methodsto derive new ranges from an existing range.

Constructors

Create a new range from two positions. Ifstart is notbefore or equal toend, the values will be swapped.

ParameterDescription
start:Position

A position.

end:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Range

Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent ofusingnew Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))

ParameterDescription
startLine:number

A zero-based line value.

startCharacter:number

A zero-based character value.

endLine:number

A zero-based line value.

endCharacter:number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Range

Properties

The end position. It is after or equal tostart.

true ifstart andend are equal.

true ifstart.line andend.line are equal.

The start position. It is before or equal toend.

Methods

Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.

ParameterDescription
positionOrRange:Range |Position

A position or a range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the position or range is inside or equalto this range.

Intersectrange with this range and returns a new range orundefinedif the ranges have no overlap.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Willreturn undefined when there is no overlap.

Check ifother equals this range.

ParameterDescription
other:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true when start and end areequal tostart and end of this range.

Compute the union ofother with this range.

ParameterDescription
other:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of smaller start position and the greater end position.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
start?:Position

A position that should be used as start. The default value is thecurrent start.

end?:Position

A position that should be used as end. The default value is thecurrent end.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.If start and end are not differentthis range will be returned.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
change:{end:Position, start:Position}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range that reflects the given change. Will returnthis range if the changeis not changing anything.

ReferenceContext

Value-object that contains additional information whenrequesting references.

Properties

Include the declaration of the current symbol.

ReferenceProvider

The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthefind references-feature.

Methods

Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

context:ReferenceContext

Additional information about the references request.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Location[]>

An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

RelativePattern

A relative pattern is a helper to construct glob patterns that are matchedrelatively to a base file path. The base path can either be an absolute filepath as string or uri or aworkspace folder, which is thepreferred way of creating the relative pattern.

Constructors

Creates a new relative pattern object with a base file path and pattern to match. This patternwill be matched on file paths relative to the base.

Example:

const folder =vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders?.[0];if (folder) {  // Match any TypeScript file in the root of this workspace folder  const pattern1 =new vscode.RelativePattern(folder,'*.ts');  // Match any TypeScript file in `someFolder` inside this workspace folder  const pattern2 =new vscode.RelativePattern(folder,'someFolder/*.ts');}
ParameterDescription
base:string |Uri |WorkspaceFolder

A base to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. It is recommendedto pass in aworkspace folder if the pattern should match inside the workspace.Otherwise, a uri or string should only be used if the pattern is for a file path outside the workspace.

pattern:string

A file glob pattern like*.{ts,js} that will be matched on paths relative to the base.

ReturnsDescription
RelativePattern

Properties

A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.

This matches thefsPath value ofRelativePattern.baseUri.

Note: updating this value will updateRelativePattern.baseUri tobe a uri withfile scheme.

A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. Thefile path must be absolute, should not have any trailing path separators andnot include any relative segments (. or..).

A file glob pattern like*.{ts,js} that will be matched on file pathsrelative to the base path.

Example: Given a base of/home/work/folder and a file path of/home/work/folder/index.js,the file glob pattern will match onindex.js.

RenameProvider

The rename provider interface defines the contract between extensions andtherename-feature.

Methods

Optional function for resolving and validating a positionbefore running rename. The result canbe a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbolwhich is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used.

Note: This function should throw an error or return a rejected thenable when the provided locationdoesn't allow for a rename.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which rename will be invoked.

position:Position

The position at which rename will be invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Range | {placeholder:string, range:Range}>

The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returningundefined ornull.

Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to oneor many resources to rename a symbol to a different name.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

newName:string

The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit>

A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

RunOptions

Run options for a task.

Properties

Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun.

SaveDialogOptions

Options to configure the behaviour of a file save dialog.

Properties

The resource the dialog shows when opened.

A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label,like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:

{    'Images': ['png','jpg'],    'TypeScript': ['ts','tsx']}

A human-readable string for the save button.

Dialog title.

This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on save dialogs(for example, macOS).

SecretStorage

Represents a storage utility for secrets (or any information that is sensitive)that will be stored encrypted. The implementation of the secret storage willbe different on each platform and the secrets will not be synced acrossmachines.

Events

Fires when a secret is stored or deleted.

Methods

Remove a secret from storage.

ParameterDescription
key:string

The key the secret was stored under.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Retrieve a secret that was stored with key. Returns undefined if thereis no password matching that key.

ParameterDescription
key:string

The key the secret was stored under.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<string>

The stored value orundefined.

Store a secret under a given key.

ParameterDescription
key:string

The key to store the secret under.

value:string

The secret.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

SecretStorageChangeEvent

The event data that is fired when a secret is added or removed.

Properties

The key of the secret that has changed.

SelectedCompletionInfo

Describes the currently selected completion item.

Properties

The range that will be replaced if this completion item is accepted.

The text the range will be replaced with if this completion is accepted.

Selection

Represents a text selection in an editor.

Constructors

Create a selection from two positions.

ParameterDescription
anchor:Position

A position.

active:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Selection

Create a selection from four coordinates.

ParameterDescription
anchorLine:number

A zero-based line value.

anchorCharacter:number

A zero-based character value.

activeLine:number

A zero-based line value.

activeCharacter:number

A zero-based character value.

ReturnsDescription
Selection

Properties

The position of the cursor.This position might be before or afteranchor.

The position at which the selection starts.This position might be before or afteractive.

The end position. It is after or equal tostart.

true ifstart andend are equal.

A selection is reversed if itsanchor is theend position.

true ifstart.line andend.line are equal.

The start position. It is before or equal toend.

Methods

Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.

ParameterDescription
positionOrRange:Range |Position

A position or a range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the position or range is inside or equalto this range.

Intersectrange with this range and returns a new range orundefinedif the ranges have no overlap.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Willreturn undefined when there is no overlap.

Check ifother equals this range.

ParameterDescription
other:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true when start and end areequal tostart and end of this range.

Compute the union ofother with this range.

ParameterDescription
other:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range of smaller start position and the greater end position.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
start?:Position

A position that should be used as start. The default value is thecurrent start.

end?:Position

A position that should be used as end. The default value is thecurrent end.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.If start and end are not differentthis range will be returned.

Derived a new range from this range.

ParameterDescription
change:{end:Position, start:Position}

An object that describes a change to this range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range that reflects the given change. Will returnthis range if the changeis not changing anything.

SelectionRange

A selection range represents a part of a selection hierarchy. A selection rangemay have a parent selection range that contains it.

Constructors

Creates a new selection range.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range of the selection range.

parent?:SelectionRange

The parent of the selection range.

ReturnsDescription
SelectionRange

Properties

The parent selection range containing this range.

TheRange of this selection range.

SelectionRangeProvider

The selection range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the "Expand and Shrink Selection" feature.

Methods

Provide selection ranges for the given positions.

Selection ranges should be computed individually and independent for each position. The editor will mergeand deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a rangeiscontained by its parent.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

positions:readonlyPosition[]

The positions at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]>

Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

SemanticTokens

Represents semantic tokens, either in a range or in an entire document.

See also

Constructors

Create new semantic tokens.

ParameterDescription
data:Uint32Array

Token data.

resultId?:string

Result identifier.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokens

Properties

The actual tokens data.

See alsoprovideDocumentSemanticTokens for an explanation of the format.

The result id of the tokens.

This is the id that will be passed toDocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits (if implemented).

SemanticTokensBuilder

A semantic tokens builder can help with creating aSemanticTokens instancewhich contains delta encoded semantic tokens.

Constructors

Creates a semantic tokens builder.

ParameterDescription
legend?:SemanticTokensLegend

A semantic tokens legend.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensBuilder

Methods

Finish and create aSemanticTokens instance.

ParameterDescription
resultId?:string
ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokens

Add another token.

ParameterDescription
line:number

The token start line number (absolute value).

char:number

The token start character (absolute value).

length:number

The token length in characters.

tokenType:number

The encoded token type.

tokenModifiers?:number

The encoded token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
void

Add another token. Use only when providing a legend.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

The range of the token. Must be single-line.

tokenType:string

The token type.

tokenModifiers?:readonlystring[]

The token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
void

SemanticTokensEdit

Represents an edit to semantic tokens.

See alsoprovideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits for an explanation of the format.

Constructors

Create a semantic token edit.

ParameterDescription
start:number

Start offset

deleteCount:number

Number of elements to remove.

data?:Uint32Array

Elements to insert

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensEdit

Properties

The elements to insert.

The count of elements to remove.

The start offset of the edit.

SemanticTokensEdits

Represents edits to semantic tokens.

See alsoprovideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits for an explanation of the format.

Constructors

Create new semantic tokens edits.

ParameterDescription
edits:SemanticTokensEdit[]

An array of semantic token edits

resultId?:string

Result identifier.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensEdits

Properties

The edits to the tokens data.All edits refer to the initial data state.

The result id of the tokens.

This is the id that will be passed toDocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits (if implemented).

SemanticTokensLegend

A semantic tokens legend contains the needed information to decipherthe integer encoded representation of semantic tokens.

Constructors

Creates a semantic tokens legend.

ParameterDescription
tokenTypes:string[]

An array of token types.

tokenModifiers?:string[]

An array of token modifiers.

ReturnsDescription
SemanticTokensLegend

Properties

The possible token modifiers.

The possible token types.

ShellExecution

Represents a task execution that happens inside a shell.

Constructors

Creates a shell execution with a full command line.

ParameterDescription
commandLine:string

The command line to execute.

options?:ShellExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started the shell.

ReturnsDescription
ShellExecution

Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution the editor willconstruct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretationespecially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed pleaseuse the constructor that creates aShellExecution with the full command line.

ParameterDescription
command:string |ShellQuotedString

The command to execute.

args:Array<string |ShellQuotedString>

The command arguments.

options?:ShellExecutionOptions

Optional options for the started the shell.

ReturnsDescription
ShellExecution

Properties

The shell args. Isundefined if created with a full command line.

The shell command. Isundefined if created with a full command line.

The shell command line. Isundefined if created with a command and arguments.

The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell.Defaults to undefined.

ShellExecutionOptions

Options for a shell execution

Properties

The current working directory of the executed shell.If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.

The additional environment of the executed shell. If omittedthe parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged withthe parent process' environment.

The shell executable.

The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shellsrequire special arguments to execute a command. For examplebash requires the-cargument to execute a command,PowerShell requires-Command andcmd requires both/d and/c.

The shell quotes supported by this shell.

ShellQuotedString

A string that will be quoted depending on the used shell.

Properties

The quoting style to use.

The actual string value.

ShellQuoting

Defines how an argument should be quoted if it containsspaces or unsupported characters.

Enumeration Members

Character escaping should be used. This for exampleuses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell.

Strong string quoting should be used. This for exampleuses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell.Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings.Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' willprintThe value is $(2 * 3)

Weak string quoting should be used. This for exampleuses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quotingstill performs some kind of evaluation inside the quotedstring. Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)"will printThe value is 6

ShellQuotingOptions

The shell quoting options.

Properties

The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spacesare escaped. If a{ escapeChar, charsToEscape } literal is provide all charactersincharsToEscape are escaped using theescapeChar.

The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1.

The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1.

SignatureHelp

Signature help represents the signature of somethingcallable. There can be multiple signatures but only oneactive and only one active parameter.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
SignatureHelp

Properties

The active parameter of the active signature.

The active signature.

One or more signatures.

SignatureHelpContext

Additional information about the context in which aSignatureHelpProvider was triggered.

Properties

The currently activeSignatureHelp.

TheactiveSignatureHelp has itsactiveSignature field updated based onthe user arrowing through available signatures.

true if signature help was already showing when it was triggered.

Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such astyping a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes.

Character that caused signature help to be triggered.

This isundefined when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invokingsignature help or when moving the cursor.

Action that caused signature help to be triggered.

SignatureHelpProvider

The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions andtheparameter hints-feature.

Methods

Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

context:SignatureHelpContext

Information about how signature help was triggered.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<SignatureHelp>

Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

SignatureHelpProviderMetadata

Metadata about a registeredSignatureHelpProvider.

Properties

List of characters that re-trigger signature help.

These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger charactersare also counted as re-trigger characters.

List of characters that trigger signature help.

SignatureHelpTriggerKind

How aSignatureHelpProvider was triggered.

Enumeration Members

Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command.

Signature help was triggered by a trigger character.

Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing.

SignatureInformation

Represents the signature of something callable. A signaturecan have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, anda set of parameters.

Constructors

Creates a new signature information object.

ParameterDescription
label:string

A label string.

documentation?:string |MarkdownString

A doc string.

ReturnsDescription
SignatureInformation

Properties

The index of the active parameter.

If provided, this is used in place ofSignatureHelp.activeParameter.

The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shownin the UI but can be omitted.

The label of this signature. Will be shown inthe UI.

The parameters of this signature.

SnippetString

A snippet string is a template which allows to insert textand to control the editor cursor when insertion happens.

A snippet can define tab stops and placeholders with$1,$2and${3:foo}.$0 defines the final tab stop, it defaults tothe end of the snippet. Variables are defined with$name and${name:default value}. Also seethe full snippet syntax.

Constructors

Create a new snippet string.

ParameterDescription
value?:string

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

Properties

The snippet string.

Methods

Builder-function that appends a choice (${1|a,b,c|}) tothevalue of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
values:readonlystring[]

The values for choices - the array of strings

number?:number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-incrementvalue starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a placeholder (${1:value}) tothevalue of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
value:string | (snippet:SnippetString) =>any

The value of this placeholder - either a string or a functionwith which a nested snippet can be created.

number?:number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-incrementvalue starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a tabstop ($1,$2 etc) tothevalue of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
number?:number

The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-incrementvalue starting at 1.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends the given string tothevalue of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
string:string

A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

Builder-function that appends a variable (${VAR}) tothevalue of this snippet string.

ParameterDescription
name:string

The name of the variable - excluding the$.

defaultValue:string | (snippet:SnippetString) =>any

The default value which is used when the variable name cannotbe resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetString

This snippet string.

SnippetTextEdit

A snippet edit represents an interactive edit that is performed bythe editor.

Note that a snippet edit can always be performed as a normaltext edit.This will happen when no matching editor is open or when aworkspace editcontains snippet edits for multiple files. In that case only those that match the active editorwill be performed as snippet edits and the others as normal text edits.

Static

Utility to create an insert snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position, will become an empty range.

snippet:SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

A new snippet edit object.

Utility to create a replace snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

snippet:SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

A new snippet edit object.

Constructors

Create a new snippet edit.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

snippet:SnippetString

A snippet string.

ReturnsDescription
SnippetTextEdit

Properties

Whether the snippet edit should be applied with existing whitespace preserved.

The range this edit applies to.

Thesnippet this edit will perform.

SourceBreakpoint

A breakpoint specified by a source location.

Constructors

Create a new breakpoint for a source location.

ParameterDescription
location:Location
enabled?:boolean
condition?:string
hitCondition?:string
logMessage?:string
ReturnsDescription
SourceBreakpoint

Properties

An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.

Is breakpoint enabled.

An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.

The unique ID of the breakpoint.

The source and line position of this breakpoint.

An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.

SourceControl

An source control is able to provideresource statesto the editor and interact with the editor in several source control related ways.

Properties

Optional accept input command.

This command will be invoked when the user accepts the valuein the Source Control input.

Optional commit template string.

The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Controlinput with this value when appropriate.

The UI-visible count ofresource states ofthis source control.

If undefined, this source control will

  • display its UI-visible count as zero, and
  • contribute the count of itsresource states to the UI-visible aggregated count for all source controls

The id of this source control.

Theinput box for this source control.

The human-readable label of this source control.

The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control.

Optional status bar commands.

These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar.

Methods

Create a newresource group.

ParameterDescription
id:string
label:string
ReturnsDescription
SourceControlResourceGroup

Dispose this source control.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

SourceControlInputBox

Represents the input box in the Source Control viewlet.

Properties

Controls whether the input box is enabled (default istrue).

A string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.

Setter and getter for the contents of the input box.

Controls whether the input box is visible (default istrue).

SourceControlResourceDecorations

The decorations for asource control resource state.Can be independently specified for light and dark themes.

Properties

The dark theme decorations.

Whether thesource control resource state shouldbe faded in the UI.

The icon path for a specificsource control resource state.

The light theme decorations.

Whether thesource control resource state shouldbe striked-through in the UI.

The title for a specificsource control resource state.

SourceControlResourceGroup

A source control resource group is a collection ofsource control resource states.

Properties

Context value of the resource group. This can be used to contribute resource group specific actions.For example, if a resource group is given a context value ofexportable, when contributing actions toscm/resourceGroup/contextusingmenus extension point, you can specify context value for keyscmResourceGroupState inwhen expressions, likescmResourceGroupState == exportable.

"contributes": {  "menus": {    "scm/resourceGroup/context": [      {        "command":"extension.export",        "when":"scmResourceGroupState == exportable"      }    ]  }}

This will show actionextension.export only for resource groups withcontextValue equal toexportable.

Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it containsnosource control resource states.

The id of this source control resource group.

The label of this source control resource group.

This group's collection ofsource control resource states.

Methods

Dispose this source control resource group.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

SourceControlResourceState

An source control resource state represents the state of an underlying workspaceresource within a certainsource control group.

Properties

TheCommand which should be run when the resourcestate is open in the Source Control viewlet.

Context value of the resource state. This can be used to contribute resource specific actions.For example, if a resource is given a context value asdiffable. When contributing actions toscm/resourceState/contextusingmenus extension point, you can specify context value for keyscmResourceState inwhen expressions, likescmResourceState == diffable.

"contributes": {  "menus": {    "scm/resourceState/context": [      {        "command":"extension.diff",        "when":"scmResourceState == diffable"      }    ]  }}

This will show actionextension.diff only for resources withcontextValue isdiffable.

Thedecorations for this source controlresource state.

TheUri of the underlying resource inside the workspace.

SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations

The theme-aware decorations for asource control resource state.

Properties

The icon path for a specificsource control resource state.

StatementCoverage

Contains coverage information for a single statement or line.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
executed:number |boolean

The number of times this statement was executed, or aboolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count isunknown. If zero or false, the statement will be marked as un-covered.

location:Range |Position

The statement position.

branches?:BranchCoverage[]

Coverage from branches of this line. If it's not aconditional, this should be omitted.

ReturnsDescription
StatementCoverage

Properties

Coverage from branches of this line or statement. If it's not aconditional, this will be empty.

The number of times this statement was executed, or a boolean indicatingwhether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false,the statement will be marked as un-covered.

Statement location.

StatusBarAlignment

Represents the alignment of status bar items.

Enumeration Members

Aligned to the left side.

Aligned to the right side.

StatusBarItem

A status bar item is a status bar contribution that canshow text and icons and run a command on click.

Properties

Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this StatusBar item

The alignment of this item.

The background color for this entry.

Note: only the following colors are supported:

  • new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.errorBackground')
  • new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.warningBackground')

More background colors may be supported in the future.

Note: when a background color is set, the statusbar may overridethecolor choice to ensure the entry is readable in all themes.

The foreground color for this entry.

Command or identifier of a command to run on click.

The command must beknown.

Note that if this is aCommand object, only thecommand andargumentsare used by the editor.

The identifier of this item.

Note: if no identifier was provided by thewindow.createStatusBarItemmethod, the identifier will match theextension identifier.

The name of the entry, like 'Python Language Indicator', 'Git Status' etc.Try to keep the length of the name short, yet descriptive enough thatusers can understand what the status bar item is about.

The priority of this item. Higher value means the item shouldbe shown more to the left.

The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:

My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.

Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIconicon set, e.g.light-bulb,thumbsup,zap etc.

The tooltip text when you hover over this entry.

Methods

Dispose and free associated resources. Callhide.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide the entry in the status bar.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Shows the entry in the status bar.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

SymbolInformation

Represents information about programming constructs like variables, classes,interfaces etc.

Constructors

Creates a new symbol information object.

ParameterDescription
name:string

The name of the symbol.

kind:SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

containerName:string

The name of the symbol containing the symbol.

location:Location

The location of the symbol.

ReturnsDescription
SymbolInformation

Creates a new symbol information object.

  • deprecated - Please use the constructor taking aLocation object.
ParameterDescription
name:string

The name of the symbol.

kind:SymbolKind

The kind of the symbol.

range:Range

The range of the location of the symbol.

uri?:Uri

The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document.

containerName?:string

The name of the symbol containing the symbol.

ReturnsDescription
SymbolInformation

Properties

The name of the symbol containing this symbol.

The kind of this symbol.

The location of this symbol.

The name of this symbol.

Tags for this symbol.

SymbolKind

A symbol kind.

Enumeration Members

TheFile symbol kind.

TheModule symbol kind.

TheNamespace symbol kind.

ThePackage symbol kind.

TheClass symbol kind.

TheMethod symbol kind.

TheProperty symbol kind.

TheField symbol kind.

TheConstructor symbol kind.

TheEnum symbol kind.

TheInterface symbol kind.

TheFunction symbol kind.

TheVariable symbol kind.

TheConstant symbol kind.

TheString symbol kind.

TheNumber symbol kind.

TheBoolean symbol kind.

TheArray symbol kind.

TheObject symbol kind.

TheKey symbol kind.

TheNull symbol kind.

TheEnumMember symbol kind.

TheStruct symbol kind.

TheEvent symbol kind.

TheOperator symbol kind.

TheTypeParameter symbol kind.

SymbolTag

Symbol tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a symbol.

Enumeration Members

Render a symbol as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.

SyntaxTokenType

Enumeration of commonly encountered syntax token types.

Enumeration Members

Everything except tokens that are part of comments, string literals and regular expressions.

A comment.

A string literal.

A regular expression.

Tab

Represents a tab within agroup of tabs.Tabs are merely the graphical representation within the editor area.A backing editor is not a guarantee.

Properties

The group which the tab belongs to.

Defines the structure of the tab i.e. text, notebook, custom, etc.Resource and other useful properties are defined on the tab kind.

Whether or not the tab is currently active.This is dictated by being the selected tab in the group.

Whether or not the dirty indicator is present on the tab.

Whether or not the tab is pinned (pin icon is present).

Whether or not the tab is in preview mode.

The text displayed on the tab.

TabChangeEvent

An event describing change to tabs.

Properties

Tabs that have changed, e.g have changedtheiractive state.

The tabs that have been closed.

The tabs that have been opened.

TabGroup

Represents a group of tabs. A tab group itself consists of multiple tabs.

Properties

The activetab in the group. This is the tab whose contents are currentlybeing rendered.

Note that there can be one active tab per group but there can only be oneactive group.

Whether or not the group is currently active.

Note that only one tab group is active at a time, but that multiple tabgroups can have anactive tab.

See alsoTab.isActive

The list of tabs contained within the group.This can be empty if the group has no tabs open.

The view column of the group.

TabGroupChangeEvent

An event describing changes to tab groups.

Properties

Tab groups that have changed, e.g have changedtheiractive state.

Tab groups that have been closed.

Tab groups that have been opened.

TabGroups

Represents the main editor area which consists of multiple groups which contain tabs.

Events

Anevent which fires whentab groups have changed.

Anevent which fires whentabs have changed.

Properties

The currently active group.

All the groups within the group container.

Methods

Closes the tab. This makes the tab object invalid and the tabshould no longer be used for further actions.Note: In the case of a dirty tab, a confirmation dialog will be shown which may be cancelled. If cancelled the tab is still valid

ParameterDescription
tab:Tab | readonlyTab[]

The tab to close.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue focus will remain in its current position. Iffalse it will jump to the next tab.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves totrue when all tabs have been closed.

Closes the tab group. This makes the tab group object invalid and the tab groupshould no longer be used for further actions.

ParameterDescription
tabGroup:TabGroup | readonlyTabGroup[]

The tab group to close.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue focus will remain in its current position.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves totrue when all tab groups have been closed.

TabInputCustom

The tab represents a custom editor.

Constructors

Constructs a custom editor tab input.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the tab.

viewType:string

The viewtype of the custom editor.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputCustom

Properties

The uri that the tab is representing.

The type of custom editor.

TabInputNotebook

The tab represents a notebook.

Constructors

Constructs a new tab input for a notebook.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the notebook.

notebookType:string

The type of notebook. Maps toNotebookDocuments's notebookType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputNotebook

Properties

The type of notebook. Maps toNotebookDocuments's notebookType

The uri that the tab is representing.

TabInputNotebookDiff

The tabs represents two notebooks in a diff configuration.

Constructors

Constructs a notebook diff tab input.

ParameterDescription
original:Uri

The uri of the original unmodified notebook.

modified:Uri

The uri of the modified notebook.

notebookType:string

The type of notebook. Maps toNotebookDocuments's notebookType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputNotebookDiff

Properties

The uri of the modified notebook.

The type of notebook. Maps toNotebookDocuments's notebookType

The uri of the original notebook.

TabInputTerminal

The tab represents a terminal in the editor area.

Constructors

Constructs a terminal tab input.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
TabInputTerminal

TabInputText

The tab represents a single text based resource.

Constructors

Constructs a text tab input with the given URI.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The URI of the tab.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputText

Properties

The uri represented by the tab.

TabInputTextDiff

The tab represents two text based resourcesbeing rendered as a diff.

Constructors

Constructs a new text diff tab input with the given URIs.

ParameterDescription
original:Uri

The uri of the original text resource.

modified:Uri

The uri of the modified text resource.

ReturnsDescription
TabInputTextDiff

Properties

The uri of the modified text resource.

The uri of the original text resource.

TabInputWebview

The tab represents a webview.

Constructors

Constructs a webview tab input with the given view type.

ParameterDescription
viewType:string

The type of webview. Maps toWebviewPanel's viewType

ReturnsDescription
TabInputWebview

Properties

The type of webview. Maps toWebviewPanel's viewType

Task

A task to execute

Constructors

Creates a new task.

ParameterDescription
taskDefinition:TaskDefinition

The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.

scope:WorkspaceFolder |Global |Workspace

Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder. Global tasks are currently not supported.

name:string

The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.

source:string

The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.

execution?:ProcessExecution |ShellExecution |CustomExecution

The process or shell execution.

problemMatchers?:string |string[]

the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using theproblemMatchers extension point.

ReturnsDescription
Task

Creates a new task.

  • deprecated - Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task.
ParameterDescription
taskDefinition:TaskDefinition

The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.

name:string

The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.

source:string

The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.

execution?:ProcessExecution |ShellExecution

The process or shell execution.

problemMatchers?:string |string[]

the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using theproblemMatchers extension point.

ReturnsDescription
Task

Properties

The task's definition.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently on a separate line in placeswhere the task's name is displayed. Supports rendering oftheme iconsvia the$(<name>)-syntax.

The task's execution engine

The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroupfor a predefined set of available groups.Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn'tbelong to any special group.

Whether the task is a background task or not.

The task's name

The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal.

The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an emptyarray.

Run options for the task

The task's scope.

A human-readable string describing the source of this shell task, e.g. 'gulp'or 'npm'. Supports rendering oftheme icons via the$(<name>)-syntax.

TaskDefinition

A structure that defines a task kind in the system.The value must be JSON-stringifyable.

Properties

The task definition describing the task provided by an extension.Usually a task provider defines more properties to identifya task. They need to be defined in the package.json of theextension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npmtask definition for example looks like this

interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition {  script:string;}

Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internalusages and shouldn't be used by extensions.

TaskEndEvent

An event signaling the end of an executed task.

This interface is not intended to be implemented.

Properties

The task item representing the task that finished.

TaskExecution

An object representing an executed Task. It can be usedto terminate a task.

This interface is not intended to be implemented.

Properties

The task that got started.

Methods

Terminates the task execution.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

TaskFilter

A task filter denotes tasks by their version and types

Properties

The task type to return;

The task version as used in the tasks.json file.The string support the package.json semver notation.

TaskGroup

A grouping for tasks. The editor by default supports the'Clean', 'Build', 'RebuildAll' and 'Test' group.

Static

The build task group;

The clean task group;

The rebuild all task group;

The test all task group;

Constructors

Private constructor

ParameterDescription
id:string

Identifier of a task group.

label:string

The human-readable name of a task group.

ReturnsDescription
TaskGroup

Properties

The ID of the task group. Is one of TaskGroup.Clean.id, TaskGroup.Build.id, TaskGroup.Rebuild.id, or TaskGroup.Test.id.

Whether the task that is part of this group is the default for the group.This property cannot be set through API, and is controlled by a user's task configurations.

TaskPanelKind

Controls how the task channel is used between tasks

Enumeration Members

Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default.

Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is notshared with other tasks.

Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed.

TaskPresentationOptions

Controls how the task is presented in the UI.

Properties

Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task.

Controls whether the terminal is closed after executing the task.

Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoedin the user interface.

Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus.

Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated),shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created onevery task execution (new). Defaults toTaskInstanceKind.Shared

Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface.Defaults toRevealKind.Always.

Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message.

TaskProcessEndEvent

An event signaling the end of a process executiontriggered through a task

Properties

The task execution for which the process got started.

The process's exit code. Will beundefined when the task is terminated.

TaskProcessStartEvent

An event signaling the start of a process executiontriggered through a task

Properties

The task execution for which the process got started.

The underlying process id.

TaskProvider<T>

A task provider allows to add tasks to the task service.A task provider is registered viatasks.registerTaskProvider.

Methods

Provides tasks.

ParameterDescription
token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

an array of tasks

Resolves a task that has noexecution set. Tasks areoften created from information found in thetasks.json-file. Such tasks missthe information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill inthe missing information in theresolveTask-method. This method will not becalled for tasks returned from the aboveprovideTasks method since thosetasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for theresolveTask method is to returnundefined.

Note that when filling in the properties oftask, youmust be sure touse the exact sameTaskDefinition and not create a new one. Other propertiesmay be changed.

ParameterDescription
task:T

The task to resolve.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved task

TaskRevealKind

Controls the behaviour of the terminal's visibility.

Enumeration Members

Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed.

Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task(e.g. the task couldn't be started because).

The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed.

TaskScope

The scope of a task.

Enumeration Members

The task is a global task. Global tasks are currently not supported.

The task is a workspace task

TaskStartEvent

An event signaling the start of a task execution.

This interface is not intended to be implemented.

Properties

The task item representing the task that got started.

TelemetryLogger

A telemetry logger which can be used by extensions to log usage and error telemetry.

A logger wraps around ansender but it guarantees that

  • user settings to disable or tweak telemetry are respected, and that
  • potential sensitive data is removed

It also enables an "echo UI" that prints whatever data is send and it allows the editorto forward unhandled errors to the respective extensions.

To get an instance of aTelemetryLogger, usecreateTelemetryLogger.

Events

AnEvent which fires when the enablement state of usage or error telemetry changes.

Properties

Whether or not error telemetry is enabled for this logger.

Whether or not usage telemetry is enabled for this logger.

Methods

Dispose this object and free resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Log an error event.

After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in callsTelemetrySender.sendEventData to log the event. Differs fromlogUsage in that it will log the event if the telemetry setting is Error+.Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.

ParameterDescription
eventName:string

The event name to log

data?:Record<string,any>

The data to log

ReturnsDescription
void

Log an error event.

CallsTelemetrySender.sendErrorData. Does cleaning, telemetry checks, and data mix-in.Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.Will also automatically log any exceptions thrown within the extension host process.

ParameterDescription
error:Error

The error object which contains the stack trace cleaned of PII

data?:Record<string,any>

Additional data to log alongside the stack trace

ReturnsDescription
void

Log a usage event.

After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in callsTelemetrySender.sendEventData to log the event.Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.

ParameterDescription
eventName:string

The event name to log

data?:Record<string,any>

The data to log

ReturnsDescription
void

TelemetryLoggerOptions

Options for creating aTelemetryLogger

Properties

Any additional common properties which should be injected into the data object.

Whether or not you want to avoid having the built-in common properties such as os, extension name, etc injected into the data object.Defaults tofalse if not defined.

Whether or not unhandled errors on the extension host caused by your extension should be logged to your sender.Defaults tofalse if not defined.

TelemetrySender

The telemetry sender is the contract between a telemetry logger and some telemetry service.Note that extensions must NOTcall the methods of their sender directly as the logger provides extra guards and cleaning.

const sender:vscode.TelemetrySender = {...};const logger =vscode.env.createTelemetryLogger(sender);// GOOD - uses the loggerlogger.logUsage('myEvent', {myData: 'myValue' });// BAD - uses the sender directly: no data cleansing, ignores user settings, no echoing to the telemetry output channel etcsender.logEvent('myEvent', {myData: 'myValue' });

Methods

Optional flush function which will give this sender a chance to send any remaining eventsas itsTelemetryLogger is being disposed

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Function to send an error. Used within aTelemetryLogger

ParameterDescription
error:Error

The error being logged

data?:Record<string,any>

Any additional data to be collected with the exception

ReturnsDescription
void

Function to send event data without a stacktrace. Used within aTelemetryLogger

ParameterDescription
eventName:string

The name of the event which you are logging

data?:Record<string,any>

A serializable key value pair that is being logged

ReturnsDescription
void

TelemetryTrustedValue<T>

A special value wrapper denoting a value that is safe to not clean.This is to be used when you can guarantee no identifiable information is contained in the value and the cleaning is improperly redacting it.

Constructors

Creates a new telemetry trusted value.

ParameterDescription
value:T

A value to trust

ReturnsDescription
TelemetryTrustedValue<T>

Properties

The value that is trusted to not contain PII.

Terminal

An individual terminal instance within the integrated terminal.

Properties

The object used to initialize the terminal, this is useful for example to detecting theshell type of when the terminal was not launched by this extension or for detecting whatfolder the shell was launched in.

The exit status of the terminal, this will be undefined while the terminal is active.

Example: Show a notification with the exit code when the terminal exits with anon-zero exit code.

window.onDidCloseTerminal(t => {  if (t.exitStatus &&t.exitStatus.code) {    vscode.window.showInformationMessage(`Exit code:${t.exitStatus.code}`);  }});

The name of the terminal.

The process ID of the shell process.

An object that containsshell integration-poweredfeatures for the terminal. This will always beundefined immediately after the terminalis created. Listen towindow.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration to be notifiedwhen shell integration is activated for a terminal.

Note that this object may remain undefined if shell integration never activates. Forexample Command Prompt does not support shell integration and a user's shell setup couldconflict with the automatic shell integration activation.

The current state of theTerminal.

Methods

Dispose and free associated resources.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process(shell) of the terminal.

ParameterDescription
text:string

The text to send.

shouldExecute?:boolean

Indicates that the text being sent should be executed rather than just inserted in the terminal.The character(s) added are\n or\r\n, depending on the platform. This defaults totrue.

ReturnsDescription
void

Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the terminal will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

TerminalDimensions

Represents the dimensions of a terminal.

Properties

The number of columns in the terminal.

The number of rows in the terminal.

TerminalEditorLocationOptions

Assumes aTerminalLocation of editor and allows specifying aViewColumn andpreserveFocus property

Properties

An optional flag that whentrue will stop theTerminal from taking focus.

A view column in which theterminal should be shown in the editor area.The default is theactive. Columns that do not existwill be created as needed up to the maximum ofViewColumn.Nine.UseViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currentlyactive one.

TerminalExitReason

Terminal exit reason kind.

Enumeration Members

Unknown reason.

The window closed/reloaded.

The shell process exited.

The user closed the terminal.

An extension disposed the terminal.

TerminalExitStatus

Represents how a terminal exited.

Properties

The exit code that a terminal exited with, it can have the following values:

  • Zero: the terminal process or custom execution succeeded.
  • Non-zero: the terminal process or custom execution failed.
  • undefined: the user forcibly closed the terminal or a custom execution exitedwithout providing an exit code.

The reason that triggered the exit of a terminal.

TerminalLink

A link on a terminal line.

Constructors

Creates a new terminal link.

ParameterDescription
startIndex:number

The start index of the link onTerminalLinkContext.line.

length:number

The length of the link onTerminalLinkContext.line.

tooltip?:string

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions onhow to trigger the link, such as{0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions varydepending on OS, user settings, and localization.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalLink

Properties

The length of the link onTerminalLinkContext.line.

The start index of the link onTerminalLinkContext.line.

The tooltip text when you hover over this link.

If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions onhow to trigger the link, such as{0} (ctrl + click). The specific instructions varydepending on OS, user settings, and localization.

TerminalLinkContext

Provides information on a line in a terminal in order to provide links for it.

Properties

This is the text from the unwrapped line in the terminal.

The terminal the link belongs to.

TerminalLinkProvider<T>

A provider that enables detection and handling of links within terminals.

Methods

Handle an activated terminal link.

ParameterDescription
link:T

The link to handle.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<void>

Provide terminal links for the given context. Note that this can be called multiple timeseven before previous calls resolve, make sure to not share global objects (eg.RegExp)that could have problems when asynchronous usage may overlap.

ParameterDescription
context:TerminalLinkContext

Information about what links are being provided for.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

A list of terminal links for the given line.

TerminalLocation

The location of the terminal.

Enumeration Members

In the terminal view

In the editor area

TerminalOptions

Value-object describing what options a terminal should use.

Properties

The iconThemeColor for the terminal.Theterminal.ansi* theme keys arerecommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.

A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal.

Object with environment variables that will be added to the editor process.

When enabled the terminal will run the process as normal but not be surfaced to the useruntilTerminal.show is called. The typical usage for this is when you need to runsomething that may need interactivity but only want to tell the user about it wheninteraction is needed. Note that the terminals will still be exposed to all extensionsas normal. The hidden terminals will not be restored when the workspace is next opened.

The icon path orThemeIcon for the terminal.

Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.This will only take effect whenterminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions is enabled.

A message to write to the terminal on first launch, note that this is not sent to theprocess but, rather written directly to the terminal. This supports escape sequences sucha setting text style.

A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.

Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allowsspecifying shell args incommand-line format.

A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.

Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided inTerminalOptions.env. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on thewindow's environment and also apply configured platform settings liketerminal.integrated.env.windows on top. When this is true, the complete environmentmust be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration.

TerminalProfile

A terminal profile defines how a terminal will be launched.

Constructors

Creates a new terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
options:TerminalOptions |ExtensionTerminalOptions

The options that the terminal will launch with.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalProfile

Properties

The options that the terminal will launch with.

TerminalProfileProvider

Provides a terminal profile for the contributed terminal profile when launched via the UI orcommand.

Methods

Provide the terminal profile.

ParameterDescription
token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TerminalProfile>

The terminal profile.

TerminalShellExecution

A command that was executed in a terminal.

Properties

The command line that was executed. Theconfidenceof this value depends on the specific shell's shell integration implementation. Thisvalue may become more accurate afterwindow.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution isfired.

Example

// Log the details of the command line on start and endwindow.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution(event => {  const commandLine =event.execution.commandLine;  console.log(`Command started\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);});window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {  const commandLine =event.execution.commandLine;  console.log(`Command ended\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);});function summarizeCommandLine(commandLine:TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine) {  return [    `  Command line:${command.commandLine.value}`,    `  Confidence:${command.commandLine.confidence}`,    `  Trusted:${command.commandLine.isTrusted}  ].join('\n');}

The working directory that was reported by the shell when this command executed. ThisUri may represent a file on another machine (eg. ssh into another machine). Thisrequires the shell integration to support working directory reporting.

Methods

Creates a stream of raw data (including escape sequences) that is written to theterminal. This will only include data that was written afterread was called forthe first time, ie. you must callread immediately after the command is executed viaTerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand orwindow.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution to not miss any data.

Example

// Log all data written to the terminal for a commandconst command =term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({commandLine: 'echo "Hello world"' });const stream =command.read();for await (const data of stream) {  console.log(data);}
ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
AsyncIterable<string>

TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine

A command line that was executed in a terminal.

Properties

The confidence of the command line value which is determined by how the value wasobtained. This depends upon the implementation of the shell integration script.

Whether the command line value came from a trusted source and is therefore safe toexecute without user additional confirmation, such as a notification that asks "Do youwant to execute (command)?". This verification is likely only needed if you are going toexecute the command again.

This istrue only when the command line was reported explicitly by the shellintegration script (ie.high confidence)and it used a nonce for verification.

The full command line that was executed, including both the command and its arguments.

TerminalShellExecutionCommandLineConfidence

The confidence of aTerminalShellExecutionCommandLine value.

Enumeration Members

The command line value confidence is low. This means that the value was read from theterminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. Additionally oneof the following conditions will be met:

  • The command started on the very left-most column which is unusual, or
  • The command is multi-line which is more difficult to accurately detect due to linecontinuation characters and right prompts.
  • Command line markers were not reported by the shell integration script.

The command line value confidence is medium. This means that the value was read from theterminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. The command issingle-line and does not start on the very left-most column (which is unusual).

The command line value confidence is high. This means that the value was explicitly sentfrom the shell integration script or the command was executed via theTerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand API.

TerminalShellExecutionEndEvent

An event signalling that an execution has ended in a terminal.

Properties

The terminal shell execution that has ended.

The exit code reported by the shell.

When this isundefined it can mean several things:

  • The shell either did not report an exit code (ie. the shell integration script ismisbehaving)
  • The shell reported a command started before the command finished (eg. a sub-shell wasopened).
  • The user canceled the command via ctrl+c.
  • The user pressed enter when there was no input.

Generally this should not happen. Depending on the use case, it may be best to treat thisas a failure.

Example

const execution =shellIntegration.executeCommand({  command: 'echo',  args: ['Hello world']});window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {  if (event.execution ===execution) {    if (event.exitCode ===undefined) {      console.log('Command finished but exit code is unknown');    }else if (event.exitCode ===0) {      console.log('Command succeeded');    }else {      console.log('Command failed');    }  }});

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

TerminalShellExecutionStartEvent

An event signalling that an execution has started in a terminal.

Properties

The terminal shell execution that has ended.

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

TerminalShellIntegration

Shell integration-powered capabilities owned by a terminal.

Properties

The current working directory of the terminal. ThisUri may represent a file onanother machine (eg. ssh into another machine). This requires the shell integration tosupport working directory reporting.

Methods

Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.

Example

// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being createdconst myTerm =window.createTerminal();window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({terminal,shellIntegration })=> {  if (terminal ===myTerm) {    const execution =shellIntegration.executeCommand('echo "Hello world"');    window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {      if (event.execution ===execution) {        console.log(`Command exited with code${event.exitCode}`);      }    });  }}));// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launchingsetTimeout(()=> {  if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {    myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');    // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the    // exit code was.  }},3000);

Example

// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a whileconst commandLine ='echo "Hello world"';if (term.shellIntegration) {  const execution =shellIntegration.executeCommand({commandLine });  window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {    if (event.execution ===execution) {      console.log(`Command exited with code${event.exitCode}`);    }  });}else {  term.sendText(commandLine);  // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the  // exit code was.}
ParameterDescription
commandLine:string

The command line to execute, this is the exact text that will be sentto the terminal.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalShellExecution

Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.

Note This is not guaranteed to work asshell integrationmust be activated. Check whetherTerminalShellExecution.exitCode is rejected toverify whether it was successful.

Example

// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being createdconst myTerm =window.createTerminal();window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({terminal,shellIntegration })=> {  if (terminal ===myTerm) {    const command =shellIntegration.executeCommand({      command: 'echo',      args: ['Hello world']    });    const code =await command.exitCode;    console.log(`Command exited with code${code}`);  }}));// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launchingsetTimeout(()=> {  if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {    myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');    // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the    // exit code was.  }},3000);

Example

// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a whileconst commandLine ='echo "Hello world"';if (term.shellIntegration) {  const command =term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({    command: 'echo',    args: ['Hello world']  });  const code =await command.exitCode;  console.log(`Command exited with code${code}`);}else {  term.sendText(commandLine);  // Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the  // exit code was.}
ParameterDescription
executable:string

A command to run.

args:string[]

Arguments to launch the executable with. The arguments will be escaped suchthat they are interpreted as single arguments when the argument both contains whitespaceand does not include any single quote, double quote or backtick characters.

Note that this escaping is not intended to be a security measure, be careful when passinguntrusted data to this API as strings like$(...) can often be used in shells toexecute code within a string.

ReturnsDescription
TerminalShellExecution

TerminalShellIntegrationChangeEvent

An event signalling that a terminal's shell integration has changed.

Properties

The shell integration object.

The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.

TerminalSplitLocationOptions

Uses the parentTerminal's location for the terminal

Properties

The parent terminal to split this terminal beside. This works whether the parent terminalis in the panel or the editor area.

TerminalState

Represents the state of aTerminal.

Properties

Whether theTerminal has been interacted with. Interaction means that theterminal has sent data to the process which depending on the terminal'smode. Bydefault input is sent when a key is pressed or when a command or extension sends text,but based on the terminal's mode it can also happen on:

  • a pointer click event
  • a pointer scroll event
  • a pointer move event
  • terminal focus in/out

For more information on events that can send data see "DEC Private Mode Set (DECSET)" onhttps://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html

The detected shell type of theTerminal. This will beundefined when there isnot a clear signal as to what the shell is, or the shell is not supported yet. Thisvalue should change to the shell type of a sub-shell when launched (for example, runningbash insidezsh).

Note that the possible values are currently defined as any of the following:'bash', 'cmd', 'csh', 'fish', 'gitbash', 'julia', 'ksh', 'node', 'nu', 'pwsh', 'python','sh', 'wsl', 'zsh'.

TestController

Entry point to discover and execute tests. It containsTestController.items whichare used to populate the editor UI, and is associated withrun profiles to allowfor tests to be executed.

Properties

The id of the controller passed intests.createTestController.This must be globally unique.

A collection of "top-level"TestItem instances, which can inturn have their ownchildren to form the"test tree."

The extension controls when to add tests. For example, extensions shouldadd tests for a file whenworkspace.onDidOpenTextDocumentfires in order for decorations for tests within a file to be visible.

However, the editor may sometimes explicitly request children using theresolveHandler See the documentation on that method for more details.

Human-readable label for the test controller.

If this method is present, a refresh button will be present in theUI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called,the extension should scan the workspace for any new, changed, orremoved tests.

It's recommended that extensions try to update tests in realtime, usingaFileSystemWatcher for example, and use this method as a fallback.

ParameterDescription
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

A thenable that resolves when tests have been refreshed.

A function provided by the extension that the editor may call to requestchildren of a test item, if theTestItem.canResolveChildren istrue. When called, the item should discover children and callTestController.createTestItem as children are discovered.

Generally the extension manages the lifecycle of test items, but undercertain conditions the editor may request the children of a specificitem to be loaded. For example, if the user requests to re-run testsafter reloading the editor, the editor may need to call this methodto resolve the previously-run tests.

The item in the explorer will automatically be marked as "busy" untilthe function returns or the returned thenable resolves.

ParameterDescription
item:TestItem

An unresolved test item for which children are beingrequested, orundefined to resolve the controller's initialitems.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Methods

Creates a profile used for running tests. Extensions must createat least one profile in order for tests to be run.

ParameterDescription
label:string

A human-readable label for this profile.

kind:TestRunProfileKind

Configures what kind of execution this profile manages.

runHandler:(request:TestRunRequest, token:CancellationToken) =>void |Thenable<void>

Function called to start a test run.

isDefault?:boolean

Whether this is the default action for its kind.

tag?:TestTag

Profile test tag.

supportsContinuousRun?:boolean

Whether the profile supports continuous running.

ReturnsDescription
TestRunProfile

An instance of aTestRunProfile, which is automaticallyassociated with this controller.

Creates a new managedTestItem instance. It can be added intotheTestItem.children of an existing item, or into theTestController.items.

ParameterDescription
id:string

Identifier for the TestItem. The test item's ID must be uniquein theTestItemCollection it's added to.

label:string

Human-readable label of the test item.

uri?:Uri

URI this TestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory.

ReturnsDescription
TestItem

Creates aTestRun. This should be called by theTestRunProfile when a request is made to execute tests, and mayalso be called if a test run is detected externally. Once created, teststhat are included in the request will be moved into the queued state.

All runs created using the samerequest instance will be groupedtogether. This is useful if, for example, a single suite of tests isrun on multiple platforms.

ParameterDescription
request:TestRunRequest

Test run request. Only tests inside theinclude may bemodified, and tests in itsexclude are ignored.

name?:string

The human-readable name of the run. This can be used todisambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful iftests are run across multiple platforms, for example.

persist?:boolean

Whether the results created by the run should bepersisted in the editor. This may be false if the results are coming froma file already saved externally, such as a coverage information file.

ReturnsDescription
TestRun

An instance of theTestRun. It will be considered "running"from the moment this method is invoked untilTestRun.end is called.

Unregisters the test controller, disposing of its associated testsand unpersisted results.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Marks an item's results as being outdated. This is commonly called whencode or configuration changes and previous results should no longerbe considered relevant. The same logic used to mark results as outdatedmay be used to drivecontinuous test runs.

If an item is passed to this method, test results for the item and all ofits children will be marked as outdated. If no item is passed, then alltest owned by the TestController will be marked as outdated.

Any test runs started before the moment this method is called, includingruns which may still be ongoing, will be marked as outdated and deprioritizedin the editor's UI.

ParameterDescription
items?:TestItem | readonlyTestItem[]

Item to mark as outdated. If undefined, all the controller's items are marked outdated.

ReturnsDescription
void

TestCoverageCount

A class that contains information about a covered resource. A count canbe give for lines, branches, and declarations in a file.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
covered:number
total:number
ReturnsDescription
TestCoverageCount

Properties

Number of items covered in the file.

Total number of covered items in the file.

TestItem

An item shown in the "test explorer" view.

ATestItem can represent either a test suite or a test itself, sincethey both have similar capabilities.

Properties

Controls whether the item is shown as "busy" in the Test Explorer view.This is useful for showing status while discovering children.

Defaults tofalse.

Indicates whether this test item may have children discovered by resolving.

If true, this item is shown as expandable in the Test Explorer view andexpanding the item will causeTestController.resolveHandlerto be invoked with the item.

Default tofalse.

The children of this test item. For a test suite, this may contain theindividual test cases or nested suites.

Optional description that appears next to the label.

Optional error encountered while loading the test.

Note that this is not a test result and should only be used to represent errors intest discovery, such as syntax errors.

Identifier for theTestItem. This is used to correlatetest results and tests in the document with those in the workspace(test explorer). This cannot change for the lifetime of theTestItem,and must be unique among its parent's direct children.

Display name describing the test case.

The parent of this item. It's set automatically, and is undefinedtop-level items in theTestController.items and for items thataren't yet included in another item'schildren.

Location of the test item in itsuri.

This is only meaningful if theuri points to a file.

A string that should be used when comparing this itemwith other items. Whenfalsy thelabelis used.

Tags associated with this test item. May be used in combination withtags, or simply as an organizational feature.

URI thisTestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory.

TestItemCollection

Collection of test items, found inTestItem.children andTestController.items.

Properties

Gets the number of items in the collection.

Methods

Adds the test item to the children. If an item with the same ID alreadyexists, it'll be replaced.

ParameterDescription
item:TestItem

Item to add.

ReturnsDescription
void

Removes a single test item from the collection.

ParameterDescription
itemId:string

Item ID to delete.

ReturnsDescription
void

Iterate over each entry in this collection.

ParameterDescription
callback:(item:TestItem, collection:TestItemCollection) =>unknown

Function to execute for each entry.

thisArg?:any

Thethis context used when invoking the handler function.

ReturnsDescription
void

Efficiently gets a test item by ID, if it exists, in the children.

ParameterDescription
itemId:string

Item ID to get.

ReturnsDescription
TestItem

The found item or undefined if it does not exist.

Replaces the items stored by the collection.

ParameterDescription
items:readonlyTestItem[]

Items to store.

ReturnsDescription
void

TestMessage

Message associated with the test state. Can be linked to a specificsource range -- useful for assertion failures, for example.

Static

Creates a new TestMessage that will present as a diff in the editor.

ParameterDescription
message:string |MarkdownString

Message to display to the user.

expected:string

Expected output.

actual:string

Actual output.

ReturnsDescription
TestMessage

Constructors

Creates a new TestMessage instance.

ParameterDescription
message:string |MarkdownString

The message to show to the user.

ReturnsDescription
TestMessage

Properties

Actual test output. If given withexpectedOutput, a diff view will be shown.

Context value of the test item. This can be used to contribute message-specific actions to the test peek view. The value set here can be foundin thetestMessage property of the followingmenus contribution points:

  • testing/message/context - context menu for the message in the results tree
  • testing/message/content - a prominent button overlaying editor content where the message is displayed.

For example:

"contributes": {  "menus": {    "testing/message/content": [      {        "command":"extension.deleteCommentThread",        "when":"testMessage == canApplyRichDiff"      }    ]  }}

The command will be called with an object containing:

Expected test output. If given withactualOutput, a diff view will be shown.

Associated file location.

Human-readable message text to display.

The stack trace associated with the message or failure.

TestMessageStackFrame

A stack frame found in theTestMessage.stackTrace.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
label:string

The name of the stack frame

uri?:Uri
position?:Position

The position of the stack frame within the file

ReturnsDescription
TestMessageStackFrame

Properties

The name of the stack frame, typically a method or function name.

Position of the stack frame within the file.

The location of this stack frame. This should be provided as a URI if thelocation of the call frame can be accessed by the editor.

TestRun

A TestRun represents an in-progress or completed test run andprovides methods to report the state of individual tests in the run.

Events

An event fired when the editor is no longer interested in dataassociated with the test run.

Properties

Whether the test run will be persisted across reloads by the editor.

The human-readable name of the run. This can be used todisambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful iftests are run across multiple platforms, for example.

A cancellation token which will be triggered when the test run iscanceled from the UI.

Methods

Adds coverage for a file in the run.

ParameterDescription
fileCoverage:FileCoverage
ReturnsDescription
void

Appends raw output from the test runner. On the user's request, theoutput will be displayed in a terminal. ANSI escape sequences,such as colors and text styles, are supported. New lines must be givenas CRLF (\r\n) rather than LF (\n).

ParameterDescription
output:string

Output text to append.

location?:Location

Indicate that the output was logged at the givenlocation.

test?:TestItem

Test item to associate the output with.

ReturnsDescription
void

Signals the end of the test run. Any tests included in the run whosestates have not been updated will have their state reset.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test is queued for later execution.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has errored. You should pass one or moreTestMessages to describe the failure. This differsfrom the "failed" state in that it indicates a test that couldn't beexecuted at all, from a compilation error for example.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

message:TestMessage | readonlyTestMessage[]

Messages associated with the test failure.

duration?:number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has failed. You should pass one or moreTestMessages to describe the failure.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

message:TestMessage | readonlyTestMessage[]

Messages associated with the test failure.

duration?:number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has passed.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

duration?:number

How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has been skipped.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

Indicates a test has started running.

ParameterDescription
test:TestItem

Test item to update.

ReturnsDescription
void

TestRunProfile

A TestRunProfile describes one way to execute tests in aTestController.

Events

Fired when a user has changed whether this is a default profile. Theevent contains the new value ofisDefault

Properties

If this method is present, a configuration gear will be present in theUI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called,you can take other editor actions, such as showing a quick pick oropening a configuration file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Controls whether this profile is the default action that willbe taken when its kind is actioned. For example, if the user clicksthe generic "run all" button, then the default profile forTestRunProfileKind.Run will be executed, although theuser can configure this.

Changes the user makes in their default profiles will be reflectedin this property after aonDidChangeDefault event.

Configures what kind of execution this profile controls. If thereare no profiles for a kind, it will not be available in the UI.

Label shown to the user in the UI.

Note that the label has some significance if the user requests thattests be re-run in a certain way. For example, if tests were runnormally and the user requests to re-run them in debug mode, the editorwill attempt use a configuration with the same label of theDebugkind. If there is no such configuration, the default will be used.

An extension-provided function that provides detailed statement andfunction-level coverage for a file. The editor will call this when moredetail is needed for a file, such as when it's opened in an editor orexpanded in theTest Coverage view.

TheFileCoverage object passed to this function is the same instanceemitted onTestRun.addCoverage calls associated with this profile.

ParameterDescription
testRun:TestRun
fileCoverage:FileCoverage
token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]>

An extension-provided function that provides detailed statement andfunction-level coverage for a single test in a file. This is the per-testsibling ofTestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage, called only ifa test item is provided inFileCoverage.includesTests and onlyfor files where such data is reported.

OftenTestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage will be called firstwhen a user opens a file, and then this method will be called if theydrill down into specific per-test coverage information. This methodshould then return coverage data only for statements and declarationsexecuted by the specific test during the run.

TheFileCoverage object passed to this function is the sameinstance emitted onTestRun.addCoverage calls associated with this profile.

ParameterDescription
testRun:TestRun

The test run that generated the coverage data.

fileCoverage:FileCoverage

The file coverage object to load detailed coverage for.

fromTestItem:TestItem

The test item to request coverage information for.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token that indicates the operation should be cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]>

Handler called to start a test run. When invoked, the function should callTestController.createTestRun at least once, and all test runsassociated with the request should be created before the function returnsor the returned promise is resolved.

IfsupportsContinuousRun is set, thenTestRunRequest.continuousmay betrue. In this case, the profile should observe changes tosource code and create new test runs by callingTestController.createTestRun,until the cancellation is requested on thetoken.

ParameterDescription
request:TestRunRequest

Request information for the test run.

token:CancellationToken
ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Whether this profile supports continuous running of requests. If so,thenTestRunRequest.continuous may be set totrue. Defaultsto false.

Associated tag for the profile. If this is set, onlyTestIteminstances with the same tag will be eligible to execute in this profile.

Methods

Deletes the run profile.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

TestRunProfileKind

The kind of executions thatTestRunProfiles control.

Enumeration Members

TheRun test profile kind.

TheDebug test profile kind.

TheCoverage test profile kind.

TestRunRequest

A TestRunRequest is a precursor to aTestRun, which in turn iscreated by passing a request toTestController.createTestRun. TheTestRunRequest contains information about which tests should be run, whichshould not be run, and how they are run (via theprofile).

In general, TestRunRequests are created by the editor and pass toTestRunProfile.runHandler, however you can also create testrequests and runs outside of therunHandler.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
include?:readonlyTestItem[]

Array of specific tests to run, or undefined to run all tests

exclude?:readonlyTestItem[]

An array of tests to exclude from the run.

profile?:TestRunProfile

The run profile used for this request.

continuous?:boolean

Whether to run tests continuously as source changes.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whether to preserve the user's focus when the run is started

ReturnsDescription
TestRunRequest

Properties

Whether the profile should run continuously as source code changes. Onlyrelevant for profiles that setTestRunProfile.supportsContinuousRun.

An array of tests the user has marked as excluded from the test includedin this run; exclusions should apply after inclusions.

May be omitted if no exclusions were requested. Test controllers shouldnot run excluded tests or any children of excluded tests.

A filter for specific tests to run. If given, the extension should runall of the included tests and all their children, excluding any teststhat appear inTestRunRequest.exclude. If this property isundefined, then the extension should simply run all tests.

The process of running tests should resolve the children of any testitems who have not yet been resolved.

Controls how test Test Results view is focused. If true, the editorwill keep the maintain the user's focus. If false, the editor willprefer to move focus into the Test Results view, althoughthis may be configured by users.

The profile used for this request. This will always be definedfor requests issued from the editor UI, though extensions mayprogrammatically create requests not associated with any profile.

TestTag

Tags can be associated withTestItems andTestRunProfiles. A profile with a tag can onlyexecute tests that include that tag in theirTestItem.tags array.

Constructors

Creates a new TestTag instance.

ParameterDescription
id:string

ID of the test tag.

ReturnsDescription
TestTag

Properties

ID of the test tag.TestTag instances with the same ID are consideredto be identical.

TextDocument

Represents a text document, such as a source file. Text documents havelines and knowledge about an underlying resource like a file.

Properties

The file encoding of this document that will be used when the document is saved.

Use theonDidChangeTextDocument-event toget notified when the document encoding changes.

Note that the possible encoding values are currently defined as any of the following:'utf8', 'utf8bom', 'utf16le', 'utf16be', 'windows1252', 'iso88591', 'iso88593','iso885915', 'macroman', 'cp437', 'windows1256', 'iso88596', 'windows1257','iso88594', 'iso885914', 'windows1250', 'iso88592', 'cp852', 'windows1251','cp866', 'cp1125', 'iso88595', 'koi8r', 'koi8u', 'iso885913', 'windows1253','iso88597', 'windows1255', 'iso88598', 'iso885910', 'iso885916', 'windows1254','iso88599', 'windows1258', 'gbk', 'gb18030', 'cp950', 'big5hkscs', 'shiftjis','eucjp', 'euckr', 'windows874', 'iso885911', 'koi8ru', 'koi8t', 'gb2312','cp865', 'cp850'.

Theend of line sequence that is predominatelyused in this document.

The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthandnotation forTextDocument.uri.fsPath. Independent of the uri scheme.

true if the document has been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymoreand won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.

true if there are unpersisted changes.

Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet.Note thatthis does not mean the document will be saved to disk, useUri.schemeto figure out where a document will besaved, e.g.file,ftp etc.

The identifier of the language associated with this document.

The number of lines in this document.

The associated uri for this document.

Note that most documents use thefile-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However,not all documents aresaved on disk and therefore thescheme must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.

See also

The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after eachchange, including undo/redo).

Methods

Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providinga range. The range will beadjusted.

ParameterDescription
range?:Range

Include only the text included by the range.

ReturnsDescription
string

The text inside the provided range or the entire text.

Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined bycommon separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom[word definitions] can be defined. Itis also possible to provide a custom regular expression.

  • Note 1: A custom regular expression must not match the empty string andif it does, it will be ignored.
  • Note 2: A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline stringsand in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words withspaces. UseTextLine.text for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios.

The position will beadjusted.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position.

regex?:RegExp

Optional regular expression that describes what a word is.

ReturnsDescription
Range

A range spanning a word, orundefined.

Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Notethat the returned object isnot live and changes to thedocument are not reflected.

ParameterDescription
line:number

A line number in[0, lineCount).

ReturnsDescription
TextLine

Returns a text line denoted by the position. Notethat the returned object isnot live and changes to thedocument are not reflected.

The position will beadjusted.

See alsoTextDocument.lineAt

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
TextLine

Converts the position to a zero-based offset.

The position will beadjusted.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
number

A valid zero-based offset in UTF-16code units.

Converts a zero-based offset to a position.

ParameterDescription
offset:number

A zero-based offset into the document. This offset is in UTF-16code units.

ReturnsDescription
Position

A validPosition.

Save the underlying file.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that will resolve totrue when the filehas been saved. If the save failed, will returnfalse.

Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position.

ReturnsDescription
Position

The given position or a new, adjusted position.

Ensure a range is completely contained in this document.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
Range

The given range or a new, adjusted range.

TextDocumentChangeEvent

An event describing a transactionaldocument change.

Properties

An array of content changes.

The affected document.

The reason why the document was changed.Isundefined if the reason is not known.

TextDocumentChangeReason

Reasons for why a text document has changed.

Enumeration Members

The text change is caused by an undo operation.

The text change is caused by an redo operation.

TextDocumentContentChangeEvent

An event describing an individual change in the text of adocument.

Properties

The range that got replaced.

The length of the range that got replaced.

The offset of the range that got replaced.

The new text for the range.

TextDocumentContentProvider

A text document content provider allows to add readonly documentsto the editor, such as source from a dll or generated html from md.

Content providers areregisteredfor auri-scheme. When a uri with that scheme is tobeloaded the content provider isasked.

Events

An event to signal a resource has changed.

Methods

Provide textual content for a given uri.

The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonlydocument. Resources allocated should be released whenthe corresponding document has beenclosed.

Note: The contents of the createddocument might not beidentical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider wasregistered for.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<string>

A string or a thenable that resolves to such.

TextDocumentSaveReason

Represents reasons why a text document is saved.

Enumeration Members

Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging,or by an API call.

Automatic after a delay.

When the editor lost focus.

TextDocumentShowOptions

Represents options to configure the behavior of showing adocument in aneditor.

Properties

An optional flag that whentrue will stop theeditor from taking focus.

An optional flag that controls if aneditor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs willbe replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing.

Note that the flag is ignored if a user has disabled preview editors in settings.

An optional selection to apply for the document in theeditor.

An optional view column in which theeditor should be shown.The default is theactive. Columns that do not existwill be created as needed up to the maximum ofViewColumn.Nine.UseViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currentlyactive one.

TextDocumentWillSaveEvent

An event that is fired when adocument will be saved.

To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call thewaitUntil-function with a thenablethat resolves to an array oftext edits.

Properties

The document that will be saved.

The reason why save was triggered.

Methods

Allows to pause the event loop and to applypre-save-edits.Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. Theedits will beignored if concurrent modifications of the document happened.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and notin an asynchronous manner:

workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => {  // async, will *throw* an error  setTimeout(()=> event.waitUntil(promise));  // sync, OK  event.waitUntil(promise);});
ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<readonlyTextEdit[]>

A thenable that resolves topre-save-edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.

Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.

ParameterDescription
thenable:Thenable<any>

A thenable that delays saving.

ReturnsDescription
void

TextEdit

A text edit represents edits that should be appliedto a document.

Static

Utility to create a delete edit.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create an insert edit.

ParameterDescription
position:Position

A position, will become an empty range.

newText:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create a replace edit.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

newText:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Utility to create an eol-edit.

ParameterDescription
eol:EndOfLine

An eol-sequence

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

A new text edit object.

Constructors

Create a new TextEdit.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

newText:string

A string.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit

Properties

The eol-sequence used in the document.

Note that the eol-sequence will be applied to thewhole document.

The string this edit will insert.

The range this edit applies to.

TextEditor

Represents an editor that is attached to adocument.

Properties

The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor.

Text editor options.

The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand forTextEditor.selections[0].

The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0.

The column in which this editor shows. Will beundefined in case thisisn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editorcolumn is larger than three.

The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling.

Methods

Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor.

The given callback-function is invoked with anedit-builder which mustbe used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while thecallback executes.

ParameterDescription
callback:(editBuilder:TextEditorEdit) =>void

A function which can create edits using anedit-builder.

options?:{undoStopAfter:boolean, undoStopBefore:boolean}

The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied.

Hide the text editor.

  • deprecated - Use the commandworkbench.action.closeActiveEditor instead.This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

Insert asnippet and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode"means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can completeor accept the snippet.

ParameterDescription
snippet:SnippetString

The snippet to insert in this edit.

location?:Range |Position | readonlyRange[] | readonlyPosition[]

Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections.

options?:{keepWhitespace:boolean, undoStopAfter:boolean, undoStopBefore:boolean}

The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signalthat the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted.

Scroll as indicated byrevealType in order to reveal the given range.

ParameterDescription
range:Range

A range.

revealType?:TextEditorRevealType

The scrolling strategy for revealingrange.

ReturnsDescription
void

Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists withthe givendecoration type, they will be replaced. IfrangesOrOptions is empty, the existing decorations with the givendecoration typewill be removed.

See alsocreateTextEditorDecorationType.

ParameterDescription
decorationType:TextEditorDecorationType

A decoration type.

rangesOrOptions:readonlyRange[] | readonlyDecorationOptions[]

Eitherranges or more detailedoptions.

ReturnsDescription
void

Show the text editor.

ParameterDescription
column?:ViewColumn

Thecolumn in which to show this editor.This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.

ReturnsDescription
void

TextEditorCursorStyle

Rendering style of the cursor.

Enumeration Members

Render the cursor as a vertical thick line.

Render the cursor as a block filled.

Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line.

Render the cursor as a vertical thin line.

Render the cursor as a block outlined.

Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line.

TextEditorDecorationType

Represents a handle to a set of decorationssharing the samestyling options in atext editor.

To get an instance of aTextEditorDecorationType usecreateTextEditorDecorationType.

Properties

Internal representation of the handle.

Methods

Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
void

TextEditorEdit

A complex edit that will be applied in one transaction on a TextEditor.This holds a description of the edits and if the edits are valid (i.e. no overlapping regions, document was not changed in the meantime, etc.)they can be applied on adocument associated with atext editor.

Methods

Delete a certain text region.

ParameterDescription
location:Range |Selection

The range this operation should remove.

ReturnsDescription
void

Insert text at a location.You can use\r\n or\n invalue and they will be normalized to the currentdocument.Although the equivalent text edit can be made withreplace,insert will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved).

ParameterDescription
location:Position

The position where the new text should be inserted.

value:string

The new text this operation should insert.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace a certain text region with a new value.You can use\r\n or\n invalue and they will be normalized to the currentdocument.

ParameterDescription
location:Range |Position |Selection

The range this operation should remove.

value:string

The new text this operation should insert after removinglocation.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set the end of line sequence.

ParameterDescription
endOfLine:EndOfLine

The new end of line for thedocument.

ReturnsDescription
void

TextEditorLineNumbersStyle

Rendering style of the line numbers.

Enumeration Members

Do not render the line numbers.

Render the line numbers.

Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location.

Render the line numbers on every 10th line number.

TextEditorOptions

Represents atext editor'soptions.

Properties

The rendering style of the cursor in this editor.When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present.When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.

The number of spaces to insert wheninsertSpaces is true.

When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or"tabSize".

When pressing Tab insertn spaces.When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved).When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or"auto".

Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number.When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present.When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.

The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes:

  • the rendering width of a tab character;
  • the number of spaces to insert wheninsertSpaces is trueandindentSize is set to"tabSize".

When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or"auto".

TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change in atext editor's options.

Properties

The new value for thetext editor's options.

Thetext editor for which the options have changed.

TextEditorRevealType

Represents differentreveal strategies in a text editor.

Enumeration Members

The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.

If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport.Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.

The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.

TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change in atext editor's selections.

Properties

Thechange kind which has triggered thisevent. Can beundefined.

The new value for thetext editor's selections.

Thetext editor for which the selections have changed.

TextEditorSelectionChangeKind

Represents sources that can causeselection change events.

Enumeration Members

Selection changed due to typing in the editor.

Selection change due to clicking in the editor.

Selection changed because a command ran.

TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change of atext editor's view column.

Properties

Thetext editor for which the view column has changed.

The new value for thetext editor's view column.

TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent

Represents an event describing the change in atext editor's visible ranges.

Properties

Thetext editor for which the visible ranges have changed.

The new value for thetext editor's visible ranges.

TextLine

Represents a line of text, such as a line of source code.

TextLine objects areimmutable. When adocument changes,previously retrieved lines will not represent the latest state.

Properties

The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as definedby/\s/.Note that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned.

Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthandforTextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex ===TextLine.text.length.

The zero-based line number.

The range this line covers without the line separator characters.

The range this line covers with the line separator characters.

The text of this line without the line separator characters.

ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions

Represents theme specific rendering styles forbefore andafter the content of text decorations.

Properties

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

Anabsolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an iconor a text can be shown, but not both.

Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.

ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions

Represents themable render options for decoration instances.

Properties

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

ThemableDecorationRenderOptions

Represents theme specific rendering styles for atext editor decoration.

Properties

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.

Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations.Alternatively a color from the color registry can bereferenced.

Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

Anabsolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.

Specifies the size of the gutter icon.Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value.For further information:https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.

The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.

CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.

ThemeColor

A reference to one of the workbench colors as defined inhttps://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color.Using a theme color is preferred over a custom color as it gives theme authors and users the possibility to change the color.

Constructors

Creates a reference to a theme color.

ParameterDescription
id:string

of the color. The available colors are listed inhttps://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color.

ReturnsDescription
ThemeColor

Properties

The id of this color.

ThemeIcon

A reference to a named icon. Currently,File,Folder,andThemeIcon ids are supported.Using a theme icon is preferred over a custom icon as it gives product theme authors the possibility to change the icons.

Note that theme icons can also be rendered inside labels and descriptions. Places that support theme icons spell this outand they use the$(<name>)-syntax, for instancequickPick.label = "Hello World $(globe)".

Static

Reference to an icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.

Reference to an icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.

Constructors

Creates a reference to a theme icon.

ParameterDescription
id:string

id of the icon. The available icons are listed inhttps://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.

color?:ThemeColor

optionalThemeColor for the icon. The color is currently only used inTreeItem.

ReturnsDescription
ThemeIcon

Properties

The optional ThemeColor of the icon. The color is currently only used inTreeItem.

The id of the icon. The available icons are listed inhttps://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.

TreeCheckboxChangeEvent<T>

An event describing the change in a tree item's checkbox state.

Properties

The items that were checked or unchecked.

TreeDataProvider<T>

A data provider that provides tree data

Events

An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed.This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown).To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or passundefined ornull.

Methods

Get the children ofelement or root if no element is passed.

ParameterDescription
element?:T

The element from which the provider gets children. Can beundefined.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

Children ofelement or root if no element is passed.

Optional method to return the parent ofelement.Returnnull orundefined ifelement is a child of root.

NOTE: This method should be implemented in order to accessreveal API.

ParameterDescription
element:T

The element for which the parent has to be returned.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

Parent ofelement.

GetTreeItem representation of theelement

ParameterDescription
element:T

The element for whichTreeItem representation is asked for.

ReturnsDescription
TreeItem |Thenable<TreeItem>

TreeItem representation of the element.

Called on hover to resolve theTreeItem property if it is undefined.Called on tree item click/open to resolve theTreeItem property if it is undefined.Only properties that were undefined can be resolved inresolveTreeItem.Functionality may be expanded later to include being called to resolve other missingproperties on selection and/or on open.

Will only ever be called once per TreeItem.

onDidChangeTreeData should not be triggered from within resolveTreeItem.

Note that this function is called when tree items are already showing in the UI.Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, description, etc.)can be changed.

ParameterDescription
item:TreeItem

Undefined properties ofitem should be set thenitem should be returned.

element:T

The object associated with the TreeItem.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TreeItem>

The resolved tree item or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the givenitem. When no result is returned, the givenitem will be used.

TreeDragAndDropController<T>

Provides support for drag and drop inTreeView.

Properties

The mime types that thehandleDrag method of thisTreeDragAndDropController may add to the tree data transfer.This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.

The recommended mime type of the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>) will be automatically added.

The mime types that thehandleDrop method of thisDragAndDropController supports.This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.

To support drops from trees, you will need to add the mime type of that tree.This includes drops from within the same tree.The mime type of a tree is recommended to be of the formatapplication/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>.

Use the specialfiles mime type to support all types of dropped filesfiles, regardless of the file's actual mime type.

To learn the mime type of a dragged item:

  1. Set up yourDragAndDropController
  2. Use the Developer: Set Log Level... command to set the level to "Debug"
  3. Open the developer tools and drag the item with unknown mime type over your tree. The mime types will be logged to the developer console

Note that mime types that cannot be sent to the extension will be omitted.

Methods

When the user starts dragging items from thisDragAndDropController,handleDrag will be called.Extensions can usehandleDrag to add theirDataTransferItem items to the drag and drop.

Mime types added inhandleDrag won't be available outside the application.

When the items are dropped onanother tree item inthe same tree, yourDataTransferItem objectswill be preserved. Use the recommended mime type for the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>) to addtree objects in a data transfer. See the documentation forDataTransferItem for how best to take advantage of this.

To add a data transfer item that can be dragged into the editor, use the application specific mime type "text/uri-list".The data for "text/uri-list" should be a string withtoString()ed Uris separated by\r\n. To specify a cursor position in the file,set the Uri's fragment toL3,5, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.

ParameterDescription
source:readonlyT[]

The source items for the drag and drop operation.

dataTransfer:DataTransfer

The data transfer associated with this drag.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token indicating that drag has been cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Called when a drag and drop action results in a drop on the tree that thisDragAndDropController belongs to.

Extensions should fireonDidChangeTreeData for any elements that need to be refreshed.

ParameterDescription
target:T

The target tree element that the drop is occurring on. When undefined, the target is the root.

dataTransfer:DataTransfer

The data transfer items of the source of the drag.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token indicating that the drop has been cancelled.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

TreeItem

A tree item is an UI element of the tree. Tree items are created by thedata provider.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
label:string |TreeItemLabel

A human-readable string describing this item

collapsibleState?:TreeItemCollapsibleState
ReturnsDescription
TreeItem

ParameterDescription
resourceUri:Uri

TheUri of the resource representing this item.

collapsibleState?:TreeItemCollapsibleState
ReturnsDescription
TreeItem

Properties

Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this tree item.Generally, a TreeItem has no need to set therole of the accessibilityInformation;however, there are cases where a TreeItem is not displayed in a tree-like way where setting therole may make sense.

TreeItemCheckboxState of the tree item.onDidChangeTreeData should be fired whencheckboxState changes.

TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item.

TheCommand that should be executed when the tree item is selected.

Please usevscode.open orvscode.diff as command IDs when the tree item is openingsomething in the editor. Using these commands ensures that the resulting editor willappear consistent with how other built-in trees open editors.

Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree.For example, a tree item is given a context value asfolder. When contributing actions toview/item/contextusingmenus extension point, you can specify context value for keyviewItem inwhen expression likeviewItem == folder.

"contributes": {  "menus": {    "view/item/context": [      {        "command":"extension.deleteFolder",        "when":"viewItem == folder"      }    ]  }}

This will show actionextension.deleteFolder only for items withcontextValue isfolder.

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent.Whentrue, it is derived fromresourceUri and whenfalsy, it is not shown.

The icon path orThemeIcon for the tree item.Whenfalsy,Folder Theme Icon is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwiseFile Theme Icon.When a file or folderThemeIcon is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon usingresourceUri (if provided).

Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item.

If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label.Note that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore.

A human-readable string describing this item. Whenfalsy, it is derived fromresourceUri.

TheUri of the resource representing this item.

Will be used to derive thelabel, when it is not provided.Will be used to derive the icon from current file icon theme, wheniconPath hasThemeIcon value.

The tooltip text when you hover over this item.

TreeItemCheckboxState

Checkbox state of the tree item

Enumeration Members

Determines an item is unchecked

Determines an item is checked

TreeItemCollapsibleState

Collapsible state of the tree item

Enumeration Members

Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children.

Determines an item is collapsed

Determines an item is expanded

TreeItemLabel

Label describing theTree item

Properties

Ranges in the label to highlight. A range is defined as a tuple of two number where thefirst is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index

A human-readable string describing theTree item.

TreeView<T>

Represents a Tree view

Events

An event to signal that an element or root has either been checked or unchecked.

Event that is fired when theselection has changed

Event that is fired whenvisibility has changed

Event that is fired when an element is collapsed

Event that is fired when an element is expanded

Properties

The badge to display for this TreeView.To remove the badge, set to undefined.

An optional human-readable description which is rendered less prominently in the title of the view.Setting the title description to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the description from the view.

An optional human-readable message that will be rendered in the view.Setting the message to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the message from the view.

Currently selected elements.

The tree view title is initially taken from the extension package.jsonChanges to the title property will be properly reflected in the UI in the title of the view.

true if thetree view is visible otherwisefalse.

Methods

Dispose this object.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

Reveals the given element in the tree view.If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed.

By default revealed element is selected.In order to not to select, set the optionselect tofalse.In order to focus, set the optionfocus totrue.In order to expand the revealed element, set the optionexpand totrue. To expand recursively setexpand to the number of levels to expand.

ParameterDescription
element:T
options?:{expand:number |boolean, focus:boolean, select:boolean}
ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>

The event that is fired when an element in theTreeView is expanded or collapsed

Properties

Element that is expanded or collapsed.

TreeViewOptions<T>

Options for creating aTreeView

Properties

Whether the tree supports multi-select. When the tree supports multi-select and a command is executed from the tree,the first argument to the command is the tree item that the command was executed on and the second argument is anarray containing all selected tree items.

An optional interface to implement drag and drop in the tree view.

By default, when the children of a tree item have already been fetched, child checkboxes are automatically managed based on the checked state of the parent tree item.If the tree item is collapsed by default (meaning that the children haven't yet been fetched) then child checkboxes will not be updated.To override this behavior and manage child and parent checkbox state in the extension, set this totrue.

Examples whereTreeViewOptions.manageCheckboxStateManually is false, the default behavior:

  1. A tree item is checked, then its children are fetched. The children will be checked.

  2. A tree item's parent is checked. The tree item and all of it's siblings will be checked.

  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2When the user checks Parent, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2
  1. A tree item and all of it's siblings are checked. The parent will be checked.
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2When the user checks Child 1 and Child 2, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2
  1. A tree item is unchecked. The parent will be unchecked.
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2When the user unchecks Child 1, the tree will look like this:
  • Parent
    • Child 1
    • Child 2

Whether to show collapse all action or not.

A data provider that provides tree data.

TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>

The event that is fired when there is a change intree view's selection

Properties

Selected elements.

TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent

The event that is fired when there is a change intree view's visibility

Properties

true if thetree view is visible otherwisefalse.

TypeDefinitionProvider

The type definition provider defines the contract between extensions andthe go to type definition feature.

Methods

Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<Definition |LocationLink[]>

A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

TypeHierarchyItem

Represents an item of a type hierarchy, like a class or an interface.

Constructors

Creates a new type hierarchy item.

ParameterDescription
kind:SymbolKind

The kind of the item.

name:string

The name of the item.

detail:string

The details of the item.

uri:Uri

The Uri of the item.

range:Range

The whole range of the item.

selectionRange:Range

The selection range of the item.

ReturnsDescription
TypeHierarchyItem

Properties

More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.

The kind of this item.

The name of this item.

The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespacebut everything else, e.g. comments and code.

The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is beingpicked, e.g. the name of a class. Must be contained by therange-property.

Tags for this item.

The resource identifier of this item.

TypeHierarchyProvider

The type hierarchy provider interface describes the contract between extensionsand the type hierarchy feature.

Methods

Bootstraps type hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given documentand position. This item will be used as entry into the type graph. Providers shouldreturnundefined ornull when there is no item at the given location.

ParameterDescription
document:TextDocument

The document in which the command was invoked.

position:Position

The position at which the command was invoked.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem |TypeHierarchyItem[]>

One or multiple type hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Provide all subtypes for an item, e.g all types which are derived/inherited from the given item. Ingraph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the startingnode and the result is the nodes that can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item:TypeHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which subtypes should be computed.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>

A set of direct subtypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

Provide all supertypes for an item, e.g all types from which a type is derived/inherited. In graph terms this describes directedand annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodesthat can be reached.

ParameterDescription
item:TypeHierarchyItem

The hierarchy item for which super types should be computed.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>

A set of direct supertypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined ornull.

UIKind

Possible kinds of UI that can use extensions.

Enumeration Members

Extensions are accessed from a desktop application.

Extensions are accessed from a web browser.

Uri

A universal resource identifier representing either a file on diskor another resource, like untitled resources.

Static

Create an URI from a file system path. Theschemewill befile.

Thedifference betweenUri.parse andUri.file is that the latter treats the argumentas path, not as stringified-uri. E.g.Uri.file(path) isnot the same asUri.parse('file://' + path) because the path might contain characters that areinterpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:

const good =URI.file('/coding/c#/project1');good.scheme ==='file';good.path ==='/coding/c#/project1';good.fragment ==='';const bad =URI.parse('file://' +'/coding/c#/project1');bad.scheme ==='file';bad.path ==='/coding/c';// path is now brokenbad.fragment ==='/project1';
ParameterDescription
path:string

A file system or UNC path.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

Create an URI from its component parts

See alsoUri.toString

ParameterDescription
components:{authority:string, fragment:string, path:string, query:string, scheme:string}

The component parts of an Uri.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

Create a new uri which path is the result of joiningthe path of the base uri with the provided path segments.

  • Note 1:joinPath only affects the path componentand all other components (scheme, authority, query, and fragment) areleft as they are.
  • Note 2: The base uri must have a path; an error is thrown otherwise.

The path segments are normalized in the following ways:

  • sequences of path separators (/ or\) are replaced with a single separator
  • forfile-uris on windows, the backslash-character (``) is considered a path-separator
  • the..-segment denotes the parent segment, the. denotes the current segment
  • paths have a root which always remains, for instance on windows drive-letters are rootsso that is true:joinPath(Uri.file('file:///c:/root'), '../../other').fsPath === 'c:/other'
ParameterDescription
base:Uri

An uri. Must have a path.

...pathSegments:string[]

One more more path fragments

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new uri which path is joined with the given fragments

Create an URI from a string, e.g.http://www.example.com/some/path,file:///usr/home, orscheme:with/path.

Note that for a while uris without ascheme were accepted. That is not correctas all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optionalstrict-argument has been added. Westrongly advise to use it, e.g.Uri.parse('my:uri', true)

See alsoUri.toString

ParameterDescription
value:string

The string value of an Uri.

strict?:boolean

Throw an error whenvalue is empty or when noscheme can be parsed.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri instance.

Constructors

Use thefile andparse factory functions to create newUri objects.

ParameterDescription
scheme:string
authority:string
path:string
query:string
fragment:string
ReturnsDescription
Uri

Properties

Authority is thewww.example.com part ofhttp://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.

Fragment is thefragment part ofhttp://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.

Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Alsouses the platform specific path separator.

  • Willnot validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
  • Willnot look at the scheme of this Uri.
  • The resulting string shallnot be used for display purposes butfor disk operations, likereadFile et al.

Thedifference to thepath-property is the use of the platform specificpath separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference:

const u =URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt');u.authority ==='server';u.path ==='/c$/folder/file.txt';u.fsPath ==='\\serverc$\folder\file.txt';

Path is the/some/path part ofhttp://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

Query is thequery part ofhttp://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.

Scheme is thehttp part ofhttp://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment.The part before the first colon.

Methods

Returns a JSON representation of this Uri.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

An object.

Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalizationof a URI depends on the scheme.

  • The resulting string can be safely used withUri.parse.
  • The resulting string shallnot be used for display purposes.

Note that the implementation will encodeaggressive which often leads to unexpected,but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to%3A which might be unexpectedin file-uri. Also& and= will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stabilityreasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should usetheskipEncoding-argument:uri.toString(true).

ParameterDescription
skipEncoding?:boolean

Do not percentage-encode the result, defaults tofalse. Note that the# and? characters occurring in the path will always be encoded.

ReturnsDescription
string

A string representation of this Uri.

Derive a new Uri from this Uri.

let file =Uri.parse('before:some/file/path');let other =file.with({scheme: 'after' });assert.ok(other.toString() ==='after:some/file/path');
ParameterDescription
change:{authority:string, fragment:string, path:string, query:string, scheme:string}

An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components usenull or the empty string.

ReturnsDescription
Uri

A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will returnthis Uri if the change is not changing anything.

UriHandler

A uri handler is responsible for handling system-wideuris.

See alsowindow.registerUriHandler.

Methods

Handle the provided system-wideUri.

See alsowindow.registerUriHandler.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri
ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<void>

ViewBadge

A badge presenting a value for a view

Properties

A label to present in tooltip for the badge.

The value to present in the badge.

ViewColumn

Denotes a location of an editor in the window. Editors can be arranged in a gridand each column represents one editor location in that grid by counting the editorsin order of their appearance.

Enumeration Members

Asymbolic editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This valuecan be used when opening editors, but theresolvedviewColumn-valueof editors will always beOne,Two,Three,... orundefined but neverBeside.

Asymbolic editor column representing the currently active column. This valuecan be used when opening editors, but theresolvedviewColumn-valueof editors will always beOne,Two,Three,... orundefined but neverActive.

The first editor column.

The second editor column.

The third editor column.

The fourth editor column.

The fifth editor column.

The sixth editor column.

The seventh editor column.

The eighth editor column.

The ninth editor column.

Webview

Displays html content, similarly to an iframe.

Events

Fired when the webview content posts a message.

Webview content can post strings or json serializable objects back to an extension. They cannotpostBlob,File,ImageData and other DOM specific objects since the extension that receives themessage does not run in a browser environment.

Properties

Content security policy source for webview resources.

This is the origin that should be used in a content security policy rule:

`img-src https:${webview.cspSource} ...;`;

HTML contents of the webview.

This should be a complete, valid html document. Changing this property causes the webview to be reloaded.

Webviews are sandboxed from normal extension process, so all communication with the webview must usemessage passing. To send a message from the extension to the webview, usepostMessage.To send message from the webview back to an extension, use theacquireVsCodeApi function inside the webviewto get a handle to the editor's api and then call.postMessage():

<script>    const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();// acquireVsCodeApi can only be invoked once    vscode.postMessage({message: 'hello!' });</script>

To load a resources from the workspace inside a webview, use theasWebviewUri methodand ensure the resource's directory is listed inWebviewOptions.localResourceRoots.

Keep in mind that even though webviews are sandboxed, they still allow running scripts and loading arbitrary content,so extensions must follow all standard web security best practices when working with webviews. This includesproperly sanitizing all untrusted input (including content from the workspace) andsetting acontent security policy.

Content settings for the webview.

Methods

Convert a uri for the local file system to one that can be used inside webviews.

Webviews cannot directly load resources from the workspace or local file system usingfile: uris. TheasWebviewUri function takes a localfile: uri and converts it into a uri that can be used inside ofa webview to load the same resource:

webview.html =`<img src="${webview.asWebviewUri(  vscode.Uri.file('/Users/codey/workspace/cat.gif'))}">`;
ParameterDescription
localResource:Uri
ReturnsDescription
Uri

Post a message to the webview content.

Messages are only delivered if the webview is live (either visible or in thebackground withretainContextWhenHidden).

ParameterDescription
message:any

Body of the message. This must be a string or other json serializable object.

For older versions of vscode, if anArrayBuffer is included inmessage, it will not be serialized properly and will not be received by the webview. Similarly any TypedArrays, such as aUint8Array, will be very inefficiently serialized and will also not be recreated as a typed array inside the webview.

However if your extension targets vscode 1.57+ in theengines field of itspackage.json, anyArrayBuffer values that appear inmessage will be more efficiently transferred to the webview and will also be correctly recreated inside of the webview.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<boolean>

A promise that resolves when the message is posted to a webview or when it isdropped because the message was not deliverable.

Returnstrue if the message was posted to the webview. Messages can only be posted tolive webviews (i.e. either visible webviews or hidden webviews that setretainContextWhenHidden).

A response oftrue does not mean that the message was actually received by the webview. For example, no message listeners may be have been hooked up inside the webview or the webview may have been destroyed after the message was posted but before it was received.

If you want confirm that a message as actually received, you can try having your webview posting a confirmation message back to your extension.

WebviewOptions

Content settings for a webview.

Properties

Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not.

Defaults tofalse (command uris are disabled).

If you pass in an array, only the commands in the array are allowed.

Controls whether forms are enabled in the webview content or not.

Defaults to true ifscripts are enabled. Otherwise defaults to false.Explicitly setting this property to either true or false overrides the default.

Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not.

Defaults to false (scripts-disabled).

Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using uris fromasWebviewUri

Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory.

Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources.

Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview.

Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be usedto allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service isrunning on.

If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even ifthewebviewPort andextensionHostPort ports are the same.

Note that port mappings only work forhttp orhttps urls. Websocket urls (e.g.ws://localhost:3000)cannot be mapped to another port.

WebviewPanel

A panel that contains a webview.

Events

Fired when the panel's view state changes.

Fired when the panel is disposed.

This may be because the user closed the panel or because.dispose() wascalled on it.

Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception.

Properties

Whether the panel is active (focused by the user).

Icon for the panel shown in UI.

Content settings for the webview panel.

Title of the panel shown in UI.

Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is inone of the editor view columns.

Identifies the type of the webview panel, such as'markdown.preview'.

Whether the panel is visible.

Webview belonging to the panel.

Methods

Dispose of the webview panel.

This closes the panel if it showing and disposes of the resources owned by the webview.Webview panels are also disposed when the user closes the webview panel. Both casesfire theonDispose event.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
any

Show the webview panel in a given column.

A webview panel may only show in a single column at a time. If it is already showing, thismethod moves it to a new column.

ParameterDescription
viewColumn?:ViewColumn

View column to show the panel in. Shows in the currentviewColumn if undefined.

preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue, the webview will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent

Event fired when a webview panel's view state changes.

Properties

Webview panel whose view state changed.

WebviewPanelOptions

Content settings for a webview panel.

Properties

Controls if the find widget is enabled in the panel.

Defaults tofalse.

Controls if the webview panel's content (iframe) is kept around even when the panelis no longer visible.

Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visibleand destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex stateor UI can set theretainContextWhenHidden to make the editor keep the webviewcontext around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview usingretainContextWhenHidden becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended.When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restoredin the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to ahidden webview, even withretainContextWhenHidden enabled.

retainContextWhenHidden has a high memory overhead and should only be used ifyour panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored.

WebviewPanelSerializer<T>

Restore webview panels that have been persisted when vscode shuts down.

There are two types of webview persistence:

  • Persistence within a session.
  • Persistence across sessions (across restarts of the editor).

AWebviewPanelSerializer is only required for the second case: persisting a webview across sessions.

Persistence within a session allows a webview to save its state when it becomes hiddenand restore its content from this state when it becomes visible again. It is powered entirelyby the webview content itself. To save off a persisted state, callacquireVsCodeApi().setState() withany json serializable object. To restore the state again, callgetState()

// Within the webviewconst vscode =acquireVsCodeApi();// Get existing stateconst oldState =vscode.getState() || {value: 0 };// Update statesetState({value: oldState.value +1 });

AWebviewPanelSerializer extends this persistence across restarts of the editor. When the editor is shutdown,it will save off the state fromsetState of all webviews that have a serializer. When thewebview first becomes visible after the restart, this state is passed todeserializeWebviewPanel.The extension can then restore the oldWebviewPanel from this state.

Methods

Restore a webview panel from its serializedstate.

Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible.

ParameterDescription
webviewPanel:WebviewPanel

Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. Theserializer must restore the webview's.html and hook up all webview events.

state:T

Persisted state from the webview content.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored.

WebviewPortMapping

Defines a port mapping used for localhost inside the webview.

Properties

Destination port. ThewebviewPort is resolved to this port.

Localhost port to remap inside the webview.

WebviewView

A webview based view.

Events

Event fired when the visibility of the view changes.

Actions that trigger a visibility change:

  • The view is collapsed or expanded.
  • The user switches to a different view group in the sidebar or panel.

Note that hiding a view using the context menu instead disposes of the view and firesonDidDispose.

Event fired when the view is disposed.

Views are disposed when they are explicitly hidden by a user (this happens when a userright clicks in a view and unchecks the webview view).

Trying to use the view after it has been disposed throws an exception.

Properties

The badge to display for this webview view.To remove the badge, set to undefined.

Human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the title.

View title displayed in the UI.

The view title is initially taken from the extensionpackage.json contribution.

Identifies the type of the webview view, such as'hexEditor.dataView'.

Tracks if the webview is currently visible.

Views are visible when they are on the screen and expanded.

The underlying webview for the view.

Methods

Reveal the view in the UI.

If the view is collapsed, this will expand it.

ParameterDescription
preserveFocus?:boolean

Whentrue the view will not take focus.

ReturnsDescription
void

WebviewViewProvider

Provider for creatingWebviewView elements.

Methods

Resolves a webview view.

resolveWebviewView is called when a view first becomes visible. This may happen when the view isfirst loaded or when the user hides and then shows a view again.

ParameterDescription
webviewView:WebviewView

Webview view to restore. The provider should take ownership of this view. The provider must set the webview's.html and hook up all webview events it is interested in.

context:WebviewViewResolveContext<unknown>

Additional metadata about the view being resolved.

token:CancellationToken

Cancellation token indicating that the view being provided is no longer needed.

ReturnsDescription
void |Thenable<void>

Optional thenable indicating that the view has been fully resolved.

WebviewViewResolveContext<T>

Additional information the webview view being resolved.

Properties

Persisted state from the webview content.

To save resources, the editor normally deallocates webview documents (the iframe content) that are not visible.For example, when the user collapse a view or switches to another top level activity in the sidebar, theWebviewView itself is kept alive but the webview's underlying document is deallocated. It is recreated whenthe view becomes visible again.

You can prevent this behavior by settingretainContextWhenHidden in theWebviewOptions. However thisincreases resource usage and should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, you can use persisted state tosave off a webview's state so that it can be quickly recreated as needed.

To save off a persisted state, inside the webview callacquireVsCodeApi().setState() withany json serializable object. To restore the state again, callgetState(). For example:

// Within the webviewconst vscode =acquireVsCodeApi();// Get existing stateconst oldState =vscode.getState() || {value: 0 };// Update statesetState({value: oldState.value +1 });

The editor ensures that the persisted state is saved correctly when a webview is hidden and acrosseditor restarts.

WindowState

Represents the state of a window.

Properties

Whether the window has been interacted with recently. This will changeimmediately on activity, or after a short time of user inactivity.

Whether the current window is focused.

WorkspaceConfiguration

Represents the configuration. It is a merged view of

  • Default Settings
  • Global (User) Settings
  • Workspace settings
  • Workspace Folder settings - From one of theWorkspace Folders under which requested resource belongs to.
  • Language settings - Settings defined under requested language.

Theeffective value (returned byget) is computed by overriding or merging the values in the following order:

  1. defaultValue (if defined inpackage.json otherwise derived from the value's type)
  2. globalValue (if defined)
  3. workspaceValue (if defined)
  4. workspaceFolderValue (if defined)
  5. defaultLanguageValue (if defined)
  6. globalLanguageValue (if defined)
  7. workspaceLanguageValue (if defined)
  8. workspaceFolderLanguageValue (if defined)

Note: Onlyobject value types are merged and all other value types are overridden.

Example 1: Overriding

defaultValue ='on';globalValue ='relative';workspaceFolderValue ='off';value ='off';

Example 2: Language Values

defaultValue ='on';globalValue ='relative';workspaceFolderValue ='off';globalLanguageValue ='on';value ='on';

Example 3: Object Values

defaultValue = {a: 1,b: 2 };globalValue = {b: 3,c: 4 };value = {a: 1,b: 3,c: 4 };

Note: Workspace and Workspace Folder configurations containslaunch andtasks settings. Their basename will bepart of the section identifier. The following snippets shows how to retrieve all configurationsfromlaunch.json:

// launch.json configurationconst config =workspace.getConfiguration(  'launch',  vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0].uri);// retrieve valuesconst values =config.get('configurations');

Refer toSettings for more information.

Methods

Return a value from this configuration.

ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

ReturnsDescription
T

The valuesection denotes orundefined.

Return a value from this configuration.

ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

defaultValue:T

A value should be returned when no value could be found, isundefined.

ReturnsDescription
T

The valuesection denotes or the default.

Check if this configuration has a certain value.

ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the section doesn't resolve toundefined.

Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration valueoften consists of adefault value, a global or installation-wide value,a workspace-specific value, folder-specific valueand language-specific values (ifWorkspaceConfiguration is scoped to a language).

Also provides all language ids under which the given configuration setting is defined.

Note: The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree(editor.fontSize vseditor) otherwise no result is returned.

ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

ReturnsDescription
{defaultLanguageValue:T, defaultValue:T, globalLanguageValue:T, globalValue:T, key:string, languageIds:string[], workspaceFolderLanguageValue:T, workspaceFolderValue:T, workspaceLanguageValue:T, workspaceValue:T}

Information about a configuration setting orundefined.

Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted.

A value can be changed in

Note: To remove a configuration value useundefined, like so:config.update('somekey', undefined)

  • throws - error while updating
    • configuration which is not registered.
    • window configuration to workspace folder
    • configuration to workspace or workspace folder when no workspace is opened.
    • configuration to workspace folder when there is no workspace folder settings.
    • configuration to workspace folder whenWorkspaceConfiguration is not scoped to a resource.
ParameterDescription
section:string

Configuration name, supportsdotted names.

value:any

The new value.

configurationTarget?:boolean |ConfigurationTarget

Theconfiguration target or a boolean value. - Iftrue updatesGlobal settings. - Iffalse updatesWorkspace settings. - Ifundefined ornull updates toWorkspace folder settings if configuration is resource specific, otherwise toWorkspace settings.

overrideInLanguage?:boolean

Whether to update the value in the scope of requested languageId or not. - Iftrue updates the value under the requested languageId. - Ifundefined updates the value under the requested languageId only if the configuration is defined for the language.

ReturnsDescription
Thenable<void>

WorkspaceEdit

A workspace edit is a collection of textual and files changes formultiple resources and documents.

Use theapplyEdit-function to apply a workspace edit.

Constructors

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
WorkspaceEdit

Properties

The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes.

Methods

Create a regular file.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

Uri of the new file.

options?:{contents:Uint8Array |DataTransferFile, ignoreIfExists:boolean, overwrite:boolean}

Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or beignored. Whenoverwrite andignoreIfExists are both setoverwrite wins.When both are unset and when the file already exists then the edit cannotbe applied successfully. Thecontent-property allows to set the initial contentsthe file is being created with.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Delete the text at the given range.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

range:Range

A range.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Delete a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

The uri of the file that is to be deleted.

options?:{ignoreIfNotExists:boolean, recursive:boolean}
metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Get all text edits grouped by resource.

ParameterDescription
ReturnsDescription
Array<[Uri,TextEdit[]]>

A shallow copy of[Uri, TextEdit[]]-tuples.

Get the text edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
TextEdit[]

An array of text edits.

Check if a text edit for a resource exists.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

ReturnsDescription
boolean

true if the given resource will be touched by this edit.

Insert the given text at the given position.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

position:Position

A position.

newText:string

A string.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Rename a file or folder.

ParameterDescription
oldUri:Uri

The existing file.

newUri:Uri

The new location.

options?:{ignoreIfExists:boolean, overwrite:boolean}

Defines if existing files should be overwritten or beignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Replace the given range with given text for the given resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

range:Range

A range.

newText:string

A string.

metadata?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Optional metadata for the entry.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

edits:ReadonlyArray<TextEdit |SnippetTextEdit>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits with metadata for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

edits:ReadonlyArray<[TextEdit |SnippetTextEdit,WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) notebook edits for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

edits:readonlyNotebookEdit[]

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

Set (and replace) notebook edits with metadata for a resource.

ParameterDescription
uri:Uri

A resource identifier.

edits:ReadonlyArray<[NotebookEdit,WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>

An array of edits.

ReturnsDescription
void

WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata

Additional data for entries of a workspace edit. Supports to label entries and marks entriesas needing confirmation by the user. The editor groups edits with equal labels into tree nodes,for instance all edits labelled with "Changes in Strings" would be a tree node.

Properties

A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent on the same line.

The icon path orThemeIcon for the edit.

A human-readable string which is rendered prominent.

A flag which indicates that user confirmation is needed.

WorkspaceEditMetadata

Additional data about a workspace edit.

Properties

Signal to the editor that this edit is a refactoring.

WorkspaceFolder

A workspace folder is one of potentially many roots opened by the editor. All workspace foldersare equal which means there is no notion of an active or primary workspace folder.

Properties

The ordinal number of this workspace folder.

The name of this workspace folder. Defaults tothe basename of itsuri-path

The associated uri for this workspace folder.

Note: TheUri-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can supportworkspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g.ftp://server/workspaces/foo.

WorkspaceFolderPickOptions

Options to configure the behaviour of theworkspace folder pick UI.

Properties

Set totrue to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.

An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.

WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent

An event describing a change to the set ofworkspace folders.

Properties

Added workspace folders.

Removed workspace folders.

WorkspaceSymbolProvider<T>

The workspace symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions andthesymbol search-feature.

Methods

Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string.

Thequery-parameter should be interpreted in arelaxed way as the editor will apply its own highlightingand scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that thecharacters ofquery appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similarstrict matching.

To improve performance implementors can implementresolveWorkspaceSymbol and then provide symbols with partiallocation-objects, without arange defined. The editor will then callresolveWorkspaceSymbol for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol.

ParameterDescription
query:string

A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T[]>

An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can besignaled by returningundefined,null, or an empty array.

Given a symbol fill in itslocation. This method is called whenever a symbolis selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols fromprovideWorkspaceSymbols which often helps to improveperformance.

ParameterDescription
symbol:T

The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from anearlier call toprovideWorkspaceSymbols.

token:CancellationToken

A cancellation token.

ReturnsDescription
ProviderResult<T>

The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned,the givensymbol is used.

API Patterns

These are some of the common patterns we use in the VS Code API.

Promises

The VS Code API represents asynchronous operations withpromises. From extensions,any type of promise can be returned, like ES6, WinJS, A+, etc.

Being independent of a specific promise library is expressed in the API by theThenable-type.Thenable represents the common denominator which is thethen method.

In most cases the use of promises is optional and when VS Code calls into an extension, it can handle theresult type as well as aThenable of theresult type. When the use of a promise is optional, the API indicates this by returningor-types.

provideNumber():number |Thenable<number>

Cancellation Tokens

Often operations are started on volatile state which changes before operations can finish. For instance, computing IntelliSense starts and the user continues to type making the result of that operation obsolete.

APIs that are exposed to such behavior will get passed aCancellationToken on which you can check for cancellation (isCancellationRequested) or get notified when cancellation occurs (onCancellationRequested). The cancellation token is usually the last parameter of a function call and optional.

Disposables

The VS Code API uses thedispose pattern for resources that are obtained from VS Code. This applies to event listening, commands, interacting with the UI, and various language contributions.

For instance, thesetStatusBarMessage(value: string) function returns aDisposable which upon callingdispose removes the message again.

Events

Events in the VS Code API are exposed as functions which you call with a listener-function to subscribe. Calls to subscribe return aDisposable which removes the event listener upon dispose.

var listener =function(event) {  console.log('It happened',event);};// start listeningvar subscription =fsWatcher.onDidDelete(listener);// do more stuffsubscription.dispose();// stop listening

Names of events follow theon[Will|Did]VerbNoun? pattern. The name signals if the event is going to happen(onWill) or already happened(onDid), what happened(verb), and the context(noun) unless obvious from the context.

An example from the VS Code API iswindow.onDidChangeActiveTextEditor which is an event fired when the active text editor(noun) has been (onDid) changed (verb).

Strict null

The VS Code API uses theundefined andnull TypeScript types where appropriate to supportstrict null checking.

07/09/2025

[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2025 Movatter.jp